Add manpages under gnu/usr.bin/binutils, since they are generated.

12 files changed, 7367 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/addr2line/addr2line.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/addr2line/addr2line.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..dc946f847414
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/addr2line/addr2line.1
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1"
+.TH ADDR2LINE 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+addr2line [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+          [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]]
+          [\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+          [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-functions\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-basename\fR]
+          [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-inlines\fR]
+          [\fB\-j\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR]
+          [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+          [addr addr ...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBaddr2line\fR translates addresses into file names and line numbers.
+Given an address in an executable or an offset in a section of a relocatable
+object, it uses the debugging information to figure out which file name and
+line number are associated with it.
+.PP
+The executable or relocatable object to use is specified with the \fB\-e\fR
+option.  The default is the file \fIa.out\fR.  The section in the relocatable
+object to use is specified with the \fB\-j\fR option.
+.PP
+\&\fBaddr2line\fR has two modes of operation.
+.PP
+In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
+and \fBaddr2line\fR displays the file name and line number for each
+address.
+.PP
+In the second, \fBaddr2line\fR reads hexadecimal addresses from
+standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each
+address on standard output.  In this mode, \fBaddr2line\fR may be used
+in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
+.PP
+The format of the output is \fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR.  The file name and
+line number for each address is printed on a separate line.  If the
+\&\fB\-f\fR option is used, then each \fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR line is
+preceded by a \fB\s-1FUNCTIONNAME\s0\fR line which is the name of the function
+containing the address.
+.PP
+If the file name or function name can not be determined,
+\&\fBaddr2line\fR will print two question marks in their place.  If the
+line number can not be determined, \fBaddr2line\fR will print 0.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
+\&\fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes \*(C+ function names readable.  Different compilers have different
+mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
+choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exe=filename"
+.PD
+Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
+translated.  The default file is \fIa.out\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--functions"
+.PD
+Display function names as well as file and line number information.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-basenames\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--basenames"
+.PD
+Display only the base of each file name.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-inlines\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--inlines"
+.PD
+If the address belongs to a function that was inlined, the source
+information for all enclosing scopes back to the first non-inlined
+function will also be printed.  For example, if \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR inlines
+\&\f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR which inlines \f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, and address is from
+\&\f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, the source information for \f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR
+will also be printed.
+.IP "\fB\-j\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-j"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section"
+.PD
+Read offsets relative to the specified section instead of absolute addresses.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ar/ar.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ar/ar.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..6e31fb70559c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ar/ar.1
@@ -0,0 +1,391 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "AR 1"
+.TH AR 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+ar \- create, modify, and extract from archives
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+ar [\fB\-X32_64\fR] [\fB\-\fR]\fIp\fR[\fImod\fR [\fIrelpos\fR] [\fIcount\fR]] \fIarchive\fR [\fImember\fR...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR program creates, modifies, and extracts from
+archives.  An \fIarchive\fR is a single file holding a collection of
+other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve
+the original individual files (called \fImembers\fR of the archive).
+.PP
+The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and
+group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on
+extraction.
+.PP
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR can maintain archives whose members have names of any
+length; however, depending on how \fBar\fR is configured on your
+system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility
+with archive formats maintained with other tools.  If it exists, the
+limit is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16
+characters (typical of formats related to coff).
+.PP
+\&\fBar\fR is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort
+are most often used as \fIlibraries\fR holding commonly needed
+subroutines.
+.PP
+\&\fBar\fR creates an index to the symbols defined in relocatable
+object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier \fBs\fR.
+Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever \fBar\fR
+makes a change to its contents (save for the \fBq\fR update operation).
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+.PP
+You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR to list this index
+table.  If an archive lacks the table, another form of \fBar\fR called
+\&\fBranlib\fR can be used to add just the table.
+.PP
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR is designed to be compatible with two different
+facilities.  You can control its activity using command-line options,
+like the different varieties of \fBar\fR on Unix systems; or, if you
+specify the single command-line option \fB\-M\fR, you can control it
+with a script supplied via standard input, like the \s-1MRI\s0 \*(L"librarian\*(R"
+program.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR allows you to mix the operation code \fIp\fR and modifier
+flags \fImod\fR in any order, within the first command-line argument.
+.PP
+If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a
+dash.
+.PP
+The \fIp\fR keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be
+any of the following, but you must specify only one of them:
+.IP "\fBd\fR" 4
+.IX Item "d"
+\&\fIDelete\fR modules from the archive.  Specify the names of modules to
+be deleted as \fImember\fR...; the archive is untouched if you
+specify no files to delete.
+.Sp
+If you specify the \fBv\fR modifier, \fBar\fR lists each module
+as it is deleted.
+.IP "\fBm\fR" 4
+.IX Item "m"
+Use this operation to \fImove\fR members in an archive.
+.Sp
+The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how
+programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in more
+than one member.
+.Sp
+If no modifiers are used with \f(CW\*(C`m\*(C'\fR, any members you name in the
+\&\fImember\fR arguments are moved to the \fIend\fR of the archive;
+you can use the \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR modifiers to move them to a
+specified place instead.
+.IP "\fBp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "p"
+\&\fIPrint\fR the specified members of the archive, to the standard
+output file.  If the \fBv\fR modifier is specified, show the member
+name before copying its contents to standard output.
+.Sp
+If you specify no \fImember\fR arguments, all the files in the archive are
+printed.
+.IP "\fBq\fR" 4
+.IX Item "q"
+\&\fIQuick append\fR; Historically, add the files \fImember\fR... to the end of
+\&\fIarchive\fR, without checking for replacement.
+.Sp
+The modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, and \fBi\fR do \fInot\fR affect this
+operation; new members are always placed at the end of the archive.
+.Sp
+The modifier \fBv\fR makes \fBar\fR list each file as it is appended.
+.Sp
+Since the point of this operation is speed, the archive's symbol table
+index is not updated, even if it already existed; you can use \fBar s\fR or
+\&\fBranlib\fR explicitly to update the symbol table index.
+.Sp
+However, too many different systems assume quick append rebuilds the
+index, so \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR implements \fBq\fR as a synonym for \fBr\fR.
+.IP "\fBr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "r"
+Insert the files \fImember\fR... into \fIarchive\fR (with
+\&\fIreplacement\fR). This operation differs from \fBq\fR in that any
+previously existing members are deleted if their names match those being
+added.
+.Sp
+If one of the files named in \fImember\fR... does not exist, \fBar\fR
+displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing members
+of the archive matching that name.
+.Sp
+By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you may
+use one of the modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR to request
+placement relative to some existing member.
+.Sp
+The modifier \fBv\fR used with this operation elicits a line of
+output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters \fBa\fR or
+\&\fBr\fR to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member
+deleted) or replaced.
+.IP "\fBt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "t"
+Display a \fItable\fR listing the contents of \fIarchive\fR, or those
+of the files listed in \fImember\fR... that are present in the
+archive.  Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to
+see the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can
+request that by also specifying the \fBv\fR modifier.
+.Sp
+If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive
+are listed.
+.Sp
+If there is more than one file with the same name (say, \fBfie\fR) in
+an archive (say \fBb.a\fR), \fBar t b.a fie\fR lists only the
+first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete
+listing\-\-\-in our example, \fBar t b.a\fR.
+.IP "\fBx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "x"
+\&\fIExtract\fR members (named \fImember\fR) from the archive.  You can
+use the \fBv\fR modifier with this operation, to request that
+\&\fBar\fR list each name as it extracts it.
+.Sp
+If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive
+are extracted.
+.PP
+A number of modifiers (\fImod\fR) may immediately follow the \fIp\fR
+keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior:
+.IP "\fBa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "a"
+Add new files \fIafter\fR an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier \fBa\fR, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
+\&\fIarchive\fR specification.
+.IP "\fBb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "b"
+Add new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier \fBb\fR, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
+\&\fIarchive\fR specification.  (same as \fBi\fR).
+.IP "\fBc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "c"
+\&\fICreate\fR the archive.  The specified \fIarchive\fR is always
+created if it did not exist, when you request an update.  But a warning is
+issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by
+using this modifier.
+.IP "\fBf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "f"
+Truncate names in the archive.  \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR will normally permit file
+names of any length.  This will cause it to create archives which are
+not compatible with the native \fBar\fR program on some systems.  If
+this is a concern, the \fBf\fR modifier may be used to truncate file
+names when putting them in the archive.
+.IP "\fBi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "i"
+Insert new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the
+archive.  If you use the modifier \fBi\fR, the name of an existing archive
+member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
+\&\fIarchive\fR specification.  (same as \fBb\fR).
+.IP "\fBl\fR" 4
+.IX Item "l"
+This modifier is accepted but not used.
+.IP "\fBN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "N"
+Uses the \fIcount\fR parameter.  This is used if there are multiple
+entries in the archive with the same name.  Extract or delete instance
+\&\fIcount\fR of the given name from the archive.
+.IP "\fBo\fR" 4
+.IX Item "o"
+Preserve the \fIoriginal\fR dates of members when extracting them.  If
+you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive
+are stamped with the time of extraction.
+.IP "\fBP\fR" 4
+.IX Item "P"
+Use the full path name when matching names in the archive.  \s-1GNU\s0
+\&\fBar\fR can not create an archive with a full path name (such archives
+are not \s-1POSIX\s0 complaint), but other archive creators can.  This option
+will cause \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR to match file names using a complete path
+name, which can be convenient when extracting a single file from an
+archive created by another tool.
+.IP "\fBs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "s"
+Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one,
+even if no other change is made to the archive.  You may use this modifier
+flag either with any operation, or alone.  Running \fBar s\fR on an
+archive is equivalent to running \fBranlib\fR on it.
+.IP "\fBS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "S"
+Do not generate an archive symbol table.  This can speed up building a
+large library in several steps.  The resulting archive can not be used
+with the linker.  In order to build a symbol table, you must omit the
+\&\fBS\fR modifier on the last execution of \fBar\fR, or you must run
+\&\fBranlib\fR on the archive.
+.IP "\fBu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "u"
+Normally, \fBar r\fR... inserts all files
+listed into the archive.  If you would like to insert \fIonly\fR those
+of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same
+names, use this modifier.  The \fBu\fR modifier is allowed only for the
+operation \fBr\fR (replace).  In particular, the combination \fBqu\fR is
+not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed
+advantage from the operation \fBq\fR.
+.IP "\fBv\fR" 4
+.IX Item "v"
+This modifier requests the \fIverbose\fR version of an operation.  Many
+operations display additional information, such as filenames processed,
+when the modifier \fBv\fR is appended.
+.IP "\fBV\fR" 4
+.IX Item "V"
+This modifier shows the version number of \fBar\fR.
+.PP
+\&\fBar\fR ignores an initial option spelt \fB\-X32_64\fR, for
+compatibility with \s-1AIX\s0.  The behaviour produced by this option is the
+default for \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR.  \fBar\fR does not support any of the other
+\&\fB\-X\fR options; in particular, it does not support \fB\-X32\fR
+which is the default for \s-1AIX\s0 \fBar\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/as/as.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/as/as.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..40ee7e43ea5c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/as/as.1
@@ -0,0 +1,1135 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "AS 1"
+.TH AS 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+AS \- the portable GNU assembler.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+as [\fB\-a\fR[\fBcdhlns\fR][=\fIfile\fR]] [\fB\-\-alternate\fR] [\fB\-D\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-defsym\fR \fIsym\fR=\fIval\fR] [\fB\-f\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-\-gstabs\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-gstabs+\fR] [\fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR] [\fB\-J\fR]
+ [\fB\-K\fR] [\fB\-L\fR] [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] [\fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines\fR=\fI\s-1NUM\s0\fR] [\fB\-\-keep\-locals\fR] [\fB\-o\fR
+ \fIobjfile\fR] [\fB\-R\fR] [\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR] [\fB\-\-statistics\fR]
+ [\fB\-v\fR] [\fB\-version\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-W\fR] [\fB\-\-warn\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR] [\fB\-w\fR] [\fB\-x\fR] [\fB\-Z\fR] [\fB@\fR\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-target\-help\fR] [\fItarget-options\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-\fR|\fIfiles\fR ...]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget Alpha options:\fR
+   [\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR]
+   [\fB\-mdebug\fR | \fB\-no\-mdebug\fR]
+   [\fB\-relax\fR] [\fB\-g\fR] [\fB\-G\fR\fIsize\fR]
+   [\fB\-F\fR] [\fB\-32addr\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1ARC\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-marc[5|6|7|8]\fR]
+   [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1ARM\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-mcpu\fR=\fIprocessor\fR[+\fIextension\fR...]]
+   [\fB\-march\fR=\fIarchitecture\fR[+\fIextension\fR...]]
+   [\fB\-mfpu\fR=\fIfloating-point-format\fR]
+   [\fB\-mfloat\-abi\fR=\fIabi\fR]
+   [\fB\-meabi\fR=\fIver\fR]
+   [\fB\-mthumb\fR]
+   [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR]
+   [\fB\-mapcs\-32\fR|\fB\-mapcs\-26\fR|\fB\-mapcs\-float\fR|
+    \fB\-mapcs\-reentrant\fR]
+   [\fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR] [\fB\-k\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1CRIS\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-\-underscore\fR | \fB\-\-no\-underscore\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-pic\fR] [\fB\-N\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-emulation=criself\fR | \fB\-\-emulation=crisaout\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-march=v0_v10\fR | \fB\-\-march=v10\fR | \fB\-\-march=v32\fR | \fB\-\-march=common_v10_v32\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget D10V options:\fR
+   [\fB\-O\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget D30V options:\fR
+   [\fB\-O\fR|\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-N\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget i386 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-\-32\fR|\fB\-\-64\fR] [\fB\-n\fR]
+   [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget i960 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-ACA\fR|\fB\-ACA_A\fR|\fB\-ACB\fR|\fB\-ACC\fR|\fB\-AKA\fR|\fB\-AKB\fR|
+    \fB\-AKC\fR|\fB\-AMC\fR]
+   [\fB\-b\fR] [\fB\-no\-relax\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1IA\-64\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-mconstant\-gp\fR|\fB\-mauto\-pic\fR]
+   [\fB\-milp32\fR|\fB\-milp64\fR|\fB\-mlp64\fR|\fB\-mp64\fR]
+   [\fB\-mle\fR|\fBmbe\fR]
+   [\fB\-mtune=itanium1\fR|\fB\-mtune=itanium2\fR]
+   [\fB\-munwind\-check=warning\fR|\fB\-munwind\-check=error\fR]
+   [\fB\-mhint.b=ok\fR|\fB\-mhint.b=warning\fR|\fB\-mhint.b=error\fR]
+   [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-xexplicit\fR] [\fB\-xauto\fR] [\fB\-xdebug\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1IP2K\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-mip2022\fR|\fB\-mip2022ext\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M32C options:\fR
+   [\fB\-m32c\fR|\fB\-m16c\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M32R options:\fR
+   [\fB\-\-m32rx\fR|\fB\-\-[no\-]warn\-explicit\-parallel\-conflicts\fR|
+   \fB\-\-W[n]p\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M680X0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-l\fR] [\fB\-m68000\fR|\fB\-m68010\fR|\fB\-m68020\fR|...]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget M68HC11 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-m68hc11\fR|\fB\-m68hc12\fR|\fB\-m68hcs12\fR]
+   [\fB\-mshort\fR|\fB\-mlong\fR]
+   [\fB\-mshort\-double\fR|\fB\-mlong\-double\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-force\-long\-branches\fR] [\fB\-\-short\-branches\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-strict\-direct\-mode\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-insn\-syntax\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-print\-opcodes\fR] [\fB\-\-generate\-example\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1MCORE\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-jsri2bsr\fR] [\fB\-sifilter\fR] [\fB\-relax\fR]
+   [\fB\-mcpu=[210|340]\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1MIPS\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-nocpp\fR] [\fB\-EL\fR] [\fB\-EB\fR] [\fB\-O\fR[\fIoptimization level\fR]]
+   [\fB\-g\fR[\fIdebug level\fR]] [\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-KPIC\fR] [\fB\-call_shared\fR]
+   [\fB\-non_shared\fR] [\fB\-xgot\fR [\fB\-mvxworks\-pic\fR]
+   [\fB\-mabi\fR=\fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR] [\fB\-32\fR] [\fB\-n32\fR] [\fB\-64\fR] [\fB\-mfp32\fR] [\fB\-mgp32\fR]
+   [\fB\-march\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] [\fB\-mtune\fR=\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR] [\fB\-mips1\fR] [\fB\-mips2\fR]
+   [\fB\-mips3\fR] [\fB\-mips4\fR] [\fB\-mips5\fR] [\fB\-mips32\fR] [\fB\-mips32r2\fR]
+   [\fB\-mips64\fR] [\fB\-mips64r2\fR]
+   [\fB\-construct\-floats\fR] [\fB\-no\-construct\-floats\fR]
+   [\fB\-trap\fR] [\fB\-no\-break\fR] [\fB\-break\fR] [\fB\-no\-trap\fR]
+   [\fB\-mfix7000\fR] [\fB\-mno\-fix7000\fR]
+   [\fB\-mips16\fR] [\fB\-no\-mips16\fR]
+   [\fB\-msmartmips\fR] [\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR]
+   [\fB\-mips3d\fR] [\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR]
+   [\fB\-mdmx\fR] [\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR]
+   [\fB\-mdsp\fR] [\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR]
+   [\fB\-mdspr2\fR] [\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR]
+   [\fB\-mmt\fR] [\fB\-mno\-mt\fR]
+   [\fB\-mdebug\fR] [\fB\-no\-mdebug\fR]
+   [\fB\-mpdr\fR] [\fB\-mno\-pdr\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1MMIX\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-\-fixed\-special\-register\-names\fR] [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-gnu\-syntax\fR] [\fB\-\-relax\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-predefined\-symbols\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-no\-expand\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-merge\-gregs\fR] [\fB\-x\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-linker\-allocated\-gregs\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1PDP11\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-mpic\fR|\fB\-mno\-pic\fR] [\fB\-mall\fR] [\fB\-mno\-extensions\fR]
+   [\fB\-m\fR\fIextension\fR|\fB\-mno\-\fR\fIextension\fR]
+   [\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR] [\fB\-m\fR\fImachine\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget picoJava options:\fR
+   [\fB\-mb\fR|\fB\-me\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget PowerPC options:\fR
+   [\fB\-mpwrx\fR|\fB\-mpwr2\fR|\fB\-mpwr\fR|\fB\-m601\fR|\fB\-mppc\fR|\fB\-mppc32\fR|\fB\-m603\fR|\fB\-m604\fR|
+    \fB\-m403\fR|\fB\-m405\fR|\fB\-mppc64\fR|\fB\-m620\fR|\fB\-mppc64bridge\fR|\fB\-mbooke\fR|
+    \fB\-mbooke32\fR|\fB\-mbooke64\fR]
+   [\fB\-mcom\fR|\fB\-many\fR|\fB\-maltivec\fR] [\fB\-memb\fR]
+   [\fB\-mregnames\fR|\fB\-mno\-regnames\fR]
+   [\fB\-mrelocatable\fR|\fB\-mrelocatable\-lib\fR]
+   [\fB\-mlittle\fR|\fB\-mlittle\-endian\fR|\fB\-mbig\fR|\fB\-mbig\-endian\fR]
+   [\fB\-msolaris\fR|\fB\-mno\-solaris\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1SPARC\s0 options:\fR
+   [\fB\-Av6\fR|\fB\-Av7\fR|\fB\-Av8\fR|\fB\-Asparclet\fR|\fB\-Asparclite\fR
+    \fB\-Av8plus\fR|\fB\-Av8plusa\fR|\fB\-Av9\fR|\fB\-Av9a\fR]
+   [\fB\-xarch=v8plus\fR|\fB\-xarch=v8plusa\fR] [\fB\-bump\fR]
+   [\fB\-32\fR|\fB\-64\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget \s-1TIC54X\s0 options:\fR
+ [\fB\-mcpu=54[123589]\fR|\fB\-mcpu=54[56]lp\fR] [\fB\-mfar\-mode\fR|\fB\-mf\fR] 
+ [\fB\-merrors\-to\-file\fR \fI<filename>\fR|\fB\-me\fR \fI<filename>\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget Z80 options:\fR
+  [\fB\-z80\fR] [\fB\-r800\fR]
+  [ \fB\-ignore\-undocumented\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wnud\fR]
+  [ \fB\-ignore\-unportable\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wnup\fR]
+  [ \fB\-warn\-undocumented\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wud\fR]
+  [ \fB\-warn\-unportable\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Wup\fR]
+  [ \fB\-forbid\-undocumented\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Fud\fR]
+  [ \fB\-forbid\-unportable\-instructions\fR] [\fB\-Fup\fR]
+.PP
+\&\fITarget Xtensa options:\fR
+ [\fB\-\-[no\-]text\-section\-literals\fR] [\fB\-\-[no\-]absolute\-literals\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-[no\-]target\-align\fR] [\fB\-\-[no\-]longcalls\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-[no\-]transform\fR]
+ [\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR=\fInewname\fR]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBas\fR is really a family of assemblers.
+If you use (or have used) the \s-1GNU\s0 assembler on one architecture, you
+should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
+architecture.  Each version has much in common with the others,
+including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
+\&\fIpseudo-ops\fR) and assembler syntax.
+.PP
+\&\fBas\fR is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 C compiler \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR for use by the linker
+\&\f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR.  Nevertheless, we've tried to make \fBas\fR
+assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
+machine would assemble.
+Any exceptions are documented explicitly.
+This doesn't mean \fBas\fR always uses the same syntax as another
+assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
+incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
+.PP
+Each time you run \fBas\fR it assembles exactly one source
+program.  The source program is made up of one or more files.
+(The standard input is also a file.)
+.PP
+You give \fBas\fR a command line that has zero or more input file
+names.  The input files are read (from left file name to right).  A
+command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
+is taken to be an input file name.
+.PP
+If you give \fBas\fR no file names it attempts to read one input file
+from the \fBas\fR standard input, which is normally your terminal.  You
+may have to type \fBctl-D\fR to tell \fBas\fR there is no more program
+to assemble.
+.PP
+Use \fB\-\-\fR if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
+in your command line.
+.PP
+If the source is empty, \fBas\fR produces a small, empty object
+file.
+.PP
+\&\fBas\fR may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
+file (usually your terminal).  This should not happen when  a compiler
+runs \fBas\fR automatically.  Warnings report an assumption made so
+that \fBas\fR could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
+grave problem that stops the assembly.
+.PP
+If you are invoking \fBas\fR via the \s-1GNU\s0 C compiler,
+you can use the \fB\-Wa\fR option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
+The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the \fB\-Wa\fR)
+by commas.  For example:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\&        gcc \-c \-g \-O \-Wa,\-alh,\-L file.c
+.Ve
+.PP
+This passes two options to the assembler: \fB\-alh\fR (emit a listing to
+standard output with high-level and assembly source) and \fB\-L\fR (retain
+local symbols in the symbol table).
+.PP
+Usually you do not need to use this \fB\-Wa\fR mechanism, since many compiler
+command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
+(You can call the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler driver with the \fB\-v\fR option to see
+precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
+assembler.)
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.IP "\fB\-a[cdhlmns]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a[cdhlmns]"
+Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fB\-ac\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ac"
+omit false conditionals
+.IP "\fB\-ad\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ad"
+omit debugging directives
+.IP "\fB\-ah\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ah"
+include high-level source
+.IP "\fB\-al\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-al"
+include assembly
+.IP "\fB\-am\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-am"
+include macro expansions
+.IP "\fB\-an\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-an"
+omit forms processing
+.IP "\fB\-as\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-as"
+include symbols
+.IP "\fB=file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "=file"
+set the name of the listing file
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+You may combine these options; for example, use \fB\-aln\fR for assembly
+listing without forms processing.  The \fB=file\fR option, if used, must be
+the last one.  By itself, \fB\-a\fR defaults to \fB\-ahls\fR.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-alternate\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--alternate"
+Begin in alternate macro mode.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+Ignored.  This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
+other assemblers.
+.IP "\fB\-\-defsym\fR \fIsym\fR\fB=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--defsym sym=value"
+Define the symbol \fIsym\fR to be \fIvalue\fR before assembling the input file.
+\&\fIvalue\fR must be an integer constant.  As in C, a leading \fB0x\fR
+indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading \fB0\fR indicates an octal
+value.  The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
+use of a \f(CW\*(C`.set\*(C'\fR pseudo-op.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+\&\*(L"fast\*(R"\-\-\-skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
+compiler output).
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-gen\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gen-debug"
+.PD
+Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
+debug format is preferred by the target.  This currently means either \s-1STABS\s0,
+\&\s-1ECOFF\s0 or \s-1DWARF2\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gstabs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gstabs"
+Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line.  This
+may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gstabs+\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gstabs+"
+Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with \s-1GNU\s0
+extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
+debuggers crash or refuse to read your program.  This
+may help debugging assembler code.  Currently the only \s-1GNU\s0 extension is
+the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gdwarf\-2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gdwarf-2"
+Generate \s-1DWARF2\s0 debugging information for each assembler line.  This
+may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.  Note\-\-\-this
+option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I dir"
+Add directory \fIdir\fR to the search list for \f(CW\*(C`.include\*(C'\fR directives.
+.IP "\fB\-J\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-J"
+Don't warn about signed overflow.
+.IP "\fB\-K\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-K"
+Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-L"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-locals"
+.PD
+Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols.  These symbols start with
+system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for \s-1ELF\s0 systems
+or \fBL\fR for traditional a.out systems.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-lhs-width=number"
+Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
+listing to \fInumber\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-lhs\-width2=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-lhs-width2=number"
+Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
+lines in an assembler listing to \fInumber\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-rhs\-width=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-rhs-width=number"
+Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
+\&\fInumber\fR bytes.
+.IP "\fB\-\-listing\-cont\-lines=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--listing-cont-lines=number"
+Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
+to \fInumber\fR + 1.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIobjfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o objfile"
+Name the object-file output from \fBas\fR \fIobjfile\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R"
+Fold the data section into the text section.
+.Sp
+Set the default size of \s-1GAS\s0's hash tables to a prime number close to
+\&\fInumber\fR.  Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
+assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
+memory requirements.  Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
+requirements at the expense of speed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reduce-memory-overheads"
+This option reduces \s-1GAS\s0's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
+assembly processes slower.  Currently this switch is a synonym for
+\&\fB\-\-hash\-size=4051\fR, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
+.IP "\fB\-\-statistics\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--statistics"
+Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
+assembly.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-local\-absolute\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-local-absolute"
+Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-version"
+.PD
+Print the \fBas\fR version.
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+Print the \fBas\fR version and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn"
+.PD
+Suppress warning messages.
+.IP "\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--fatal-warnings"
+Treat warnings as errors.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn"
+Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+Ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+Ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-Z\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Z"
+Generate an object file even after errors.
+.IP "\fB\-\- |\fR \fIfiles\fR \fB...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-- | files ..."
+Standard input, or source files to assemble.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+an \s-1ARC\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-marc[5|6|7|8]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-marc[5|6|7|8]"
+This option selects the core processor variant.
+.IP "\fB\-EB | \-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB | -EL"
+Select either big-endian (\-EB) or little-endian (\-EL) output.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the \s-1ARM\s0
+processor family.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fIprocessor\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=processor[+extension...]"
+Specify which \s-1ARM\s0 processor variant is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR\fB[+\fR\fIextension\fR\fB...]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=architecture[+extension...]"
+Specify which \s-1ARM\s0 architecture variant is used by the target.
+.IP "\fB\-mfpu=\fR\fIfloating-point-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfpu=floating-point-format"
+Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-mfloat\-abi=\fR\fIabi\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfloat-abi=abi"
+Select which floating point \s-1ABI\s0 is in use.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb"
+Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
+.IP "\fB\-mapcs\-32 | \-mapcs\-26 | \-mapcs\-float | \-mapcs\-reentrant\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant"
+Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
+.IP "\fB\-EB | \-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB | -EL"
+Select either big-endian (\-EB) or little-endian (\-EL) output.
+.IP "\fB\-mthumb\-interwork\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mthumb-interwork"
+Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
+\&\s-1ARM\s0 code in mind.
+.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-k"
+Specify that \s-1PIC\s0 code has been generated.
+.PP
+See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a D10V processor.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O"
+Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for a D30V
+processor.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O"
+Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+Warn when nops are generated.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N"
+Warn when a nop after a 32\-bit multiply instruction is generated.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Intel 80960 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-ACA | \-ACA_A | \-ACB | \-ACC | \-AKA | \-AKB | \-AKC | \-AMC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC"
+Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b"
+Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
+.IP "\fB\-no\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-relax"
+Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
+error if necessary.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Ubicom \s-1IP2K\s0 series.
+.IP "\fB\-mip2022ext\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mip2022ext"
+Specifies that the extended \s-1IP2022\s0 instructions are allowed.
+.IP "\fB\-mip2022\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mip2022"
+Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
+just the basic \s-1IP2022\s0 ones.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
+.IP "\fB\-m32c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m32c"
+Assemble M32C instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-m16c\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m16c"
+Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
+.IP "\fB\-\-m32rx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--m32rx"
+Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target.  The default
+is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-explicit\-parallel\-conflicts or \-\-Wp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp"
+Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
+encountered.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-explicit\-parallel\-conflicts or \-\-Wnp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp"
+Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are 
+encountered.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Motorola 68000 series.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
+.IP "\fB\-m68000 | \-m68008 | \-m68010 | \-m68020 | \-m68030\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB| \-m68040 | \-m68060 | \-m68302 | \-m68331 | \-m68332\fR" 4
+.IX Item "| -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332"
+.IP "\fB| \-m68333 | \-m68340 | \-mcpu32 | \-m5200\fR" 4
+.IX Item "| -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200"
+.PD
+Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target.  The default
+is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
+.IP "\fB\-m68881 | \-m68882 | \-mno\-68881 | \-mno\-68882\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882"
+The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
+The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32.  Although
+the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
+two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
+coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
+.IP "\fB\-m68851 | \-mno\-68851\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68851 | -mno-68851"
+The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
+unit coprocessor.  The default is to assume an \s-1MMU\s0 for 68020 and up.
+.PP
+For details about the \s-1PDP\-11\s0 machine dependent features options,
+see \fBPDP\-11\-Options\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mpic | \-mno\-pic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpic | -mno-pic"
+Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code.  The
+default is \fB\-mpic\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-mall\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mall"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mall\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mall-extensions"
+.PD
+Enable all instruction set extensions.  This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-extensions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-extensions"
+Disable all instruction set extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fIextension\fR \fB| \-mno\-\fR\fIextension\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mextension | -mno-extension"
+Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu"
+Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular \s-1CPU\s0, and
+disable all other extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmachine"
+Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
+model, and disable all other extensions.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a picoJava processor.
+.IP "\fB\-mb\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mb"
+Generate \*(L"big endian\*(R" format output.
+.IP "\fB\-ml\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ml"
+Generate \*(L"little endian\*(R" format output.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the
+Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
+.IP "\fB\-m68hc11 | \-m68hc12 | \-m68hcs12\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12"
+Specify what processor is the target.  The default is
+defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort"
+Specify to use the 16\-bit integer \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong"
+Specify to use the 32\-bit integer \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mshort\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mshort-double"
+Specify to use the 32\-bit double \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-mlong\-double\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mlong-double"
+Specify to use the 64\-bit double \s-1ABI\s0.
+.IP "\fB\-\-force\-long\-branches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--force-long-branches"
+Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
+conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
+sub routine.
+.IP "\fB\-S | \-\-short\-branches\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S | --short-branches"
+Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
+when the offset is out of range.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strict\-direct\-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strict-direct-mode"
+Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
+when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-insn\-syntax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-insn-syntax"
+Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-opcodes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-opcodes"
+print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-generate\-example\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--generate-example"
+print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
+This option is only useful for testing \fBas\fR.
+.PP
+The following options are available when \fBas\fR is configured
+for the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture:
+.IP "\fB\-Av6 | \-Av7 | \-Av8 | \-Asparclet | \-Asparclite\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Av8plus | \-Av8plusa | \-Av9 | \-Av9a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a"
+.PD
+Explicitly select a variant of the \s-1SPARC\s0 architecture.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Av8plus\fR and \fB\-Av8plusa\fR select a 32 bit environment.
+\&\fB\-Av9\fR and \fB\-Av9a\fR select a 64 bit environment.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-Av8plusa\fR and \fB\-Av9a\fR enable the \s-1SPARC\s0 V9 instruction set with
+UltraSPARC extensions.
+.IP "\fB\-xarch=v8plus | \-xarch=v8plusa\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa"
+For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler.  These options are
+equivalent to \-Av8plus and \-Av8plusa, respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-bump\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-bump"
+Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for the 'c54x
+architecture.
+.IP "\fB\-mfar\-mode\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfar-mode"
+Enable extended addressing mode.  All addresses and relocations will assume
+extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=\fR\fI\s-1CPU_VERSION\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=CPU_VERSION"
+Sets the \s-1CPU\s0 version being compiled for.
+.IP "\fB\-merrors\-to\-file\fR \fI\s-1FILENAME\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-merrors-to-file FILENAME"
+Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
+behaviour in the shell.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a \s-1MIPS\s0 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G num"
+This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
+implicitly with the \f(CW\*(C`gp\*(C'\fR register.  It is only accepted for targets that
+use \s-1ECOFF\s0 format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix.  The default value is 8.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Generate \*(L"big endian\*(R" format output.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Generate \*(L"little endian\*(R" format output.
+.IP "\fB\-mips1\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips1"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mips2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips2"
+.IP "\fB\-mips3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3"
+.IP "\fB\-mips4\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips4"
+.IP "\fB\-mips5\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips5"
+.IP "\fB\-mips32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32"
+.IP "\fB\-mips32r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips32r2"
+.IP "\fB\-mips64\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64"
+.IP "\fB\-mips64r2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips64r2"
+.PD
+Generate code for a particular \s-1MIPS\s0 Instruction Set Architecture level.
+\&\fB\-mips1\fR is an alias for \fB\-march=r3000\fR, \fB\-mips2\fR is an
+alias for \fB\-march=r6000\fR, \fB\-mips3\fR is an alias for
+\&\fB\-march=r4000\fR and \fB\-mips4\fR is an alias for \fB\-march=r8000\fR.
+\&\fB\-mips5\fR, \fB\-mips32\fR, \fB\-mips32r2\fR, \fB\-mips64\fR, and
+\&\fB\-mips64r2\fR
+correspond to generic
+\&\fB\s-1MIPS\s0 V\fR, \fB\s-1MIPS32\s0\fR, \fB\s-1MIPS32\s0 Release 2\fR, \fB\s-1MIPS64\s0\fR,
+and \fB\s-1MIPS64\s0 Release 2\fR
+\&\s-1ISA\s0 processors, respectively.
+.IP "\fB\-march=\fR\fI\s-1CPU\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-march=CPU"
+Generate code for a particular \s-1MIPS\s0 cpu.
+.IP "\fB\-mtune=\fR\fIcpu\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mtune=cpu"
+Schedule and tune for a particular \s-1MIPS\s0 cpu.
+.IP "\fB\-mfix7000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfix7000"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-fix7000\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-fix7000"
+.PD
+Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
+of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdebug"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mdebug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mdebug"
+.PD
+Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
+section instead of the standard \s-1ELF\s0 .stabs sections.
+.IP "\fB\-mpdr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mpdr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-pdr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-pdr"
+.PD
+Control generation of \f(CW\*(C`.pdr\*(C'\fR sections.
+.IP "\fB\-mgp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mgp32"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mfp32\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mfp32"
+.PD
+The register sizes are normally inferred from the \s-1ISA\s0 and \s-1ABI\s0, but these
+flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
+all times.  \fB\-mgp32\fR controls the size of general-purpose registers
+and \fB\-mfp32\fR controls the size of floating-point registers.
+.IP "\fB\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips16"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mips16\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mips16"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\s0 16 processor.  This is equivalent to putting
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.set mips16\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file.  \fB\-no\-mips16\fR
+turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-msmartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-msmartmips"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-smartmips"
+.PD
+Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the \s-1MIPS32\s0 instruction set. This is
+equivalent to putting \f(CW\*(C`.set smartmips\*(C'\fR at the start of the assembly file.
+\&\fB\-mno\-smartmips\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mips3d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mips3d"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MIPS\-3D\s0 instructions.
+\&\fB\-no\-mips3d\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdmx"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-no-mdmx"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MDMX\s0 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MDMX\s0 instructions.
+\&\fB\-no\-mdmx\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mdsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdsp"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dsp"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1DSP\s0 Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1DSP\s0 Release 1 instructions.
+\&\fB\-mno\-dsp\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mdspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mdspr2"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-dspr2"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1DSP\s0 Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
+This option implies \-mdsp.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1DSP\s0 Release 2 instructions.
+\&\fB\-mno\-dspr2\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-mmt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mmt"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-mno\-mt\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mno-mt"
+.PD
+Generate code for the \s-1MT\s0 Application Specific Extension.
+This tells the assembler to accept \s-1MT\s0 instructions.
+\&\fB\-mno\-mt\fR turns off this option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-construct\-floats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--construct-floats"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-construct\-floats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-construct-floats"
+.PD
+The \fB\-\-no\-construct\-floats\fR option disables the construction of
+double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
+value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
+the double width register.  By default \fB\-\-construct\-floats\fR is
+selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
+.IP "\fB\-\-emulation=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--emulation=name"
+This option causes \fBas\fR to emulate \fBas\fR configured
+for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
+between \s-1ELF\s0 and \s-1ECOFF\s0 only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
+debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
+endianness.  The available configuration names are: \fBmipsecoff\fR,
+\&\fBmipself\fR, \fBmipslecoff\fR, \fBmipsbecoff\fR, \fBmipslelf\fR,
+\&\fBmipsbelf\fR.  The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
+of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
+the default to little\- or big-endian as indicated by the \fBb\fR or \fBl\fR
+in the name.  Using \fB\-EB\fR or \fB\-EL\fR will override the endianness
+selection in any case.
+.Sp
+This option is currently supported only when the primary target
+\&\fBas\fR is configured for is a \s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ELF\s0 or \s-1ECOFF\s0 target.
+Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-targets=...\fR at configuration time must include support for
+the other format, if both are to be available.  For example, the Irix 5
+configuration includes support for both.
+.Sp
+Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
+fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
+more processors.
+.IP "\fB\-nocpp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nocpp"
+\&\fBas\fR ignores this option.  It is accepted for compatibility with
+the native tools.
+.IP "\fB\-\-trap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--trap"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-trap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-trap"
+.IP "\fB\-\-break\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--break"
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-break\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-break"
+.PD
+Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
+\&\fB\-\-trap\fR or \fB\-\-no\-break\fR (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
+(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
+\&\fB\-\-break\fR or \fB\-\-no\-trap\fR (also synonyms, and the default) take a
+break exception.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+When this option is used, \fBas\fR will issue a warning every
+time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+an MCore processor.
+.IP "\fB\-jsri2bsr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-jsri2bsr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-nojsri2bsr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nojsri2bsr"
+.PD
+Enable or disable the \s-1JSRI\s0 to \s-1BSR\s0 transformation.  By default this is enabled.
+The command line option \fB\-nojsri2bsr\fR can be used to disable it.
+.IP "\fB\-sifilter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-sifilter"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-nosifilter\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nosifilter"
+.PD
+Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour.  By default this is disabled.
+The default can be overridden by the \fB\-sifilter\fR command line option.
+.IP "\fB\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-relax"
+Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
+.IP "\fB\-mcpu=[210|340]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-mcpu=[210|340]"
+Select the cpu type on the target hardware.  This controls which instructions
+can be assembled.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Assemble for a big endian target.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Assemble for a little endian target.
+.PP
+See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+an Xtensa processor.
+.IP "\fB\-\-text\-section\-literals | \-\-no\-text\-section\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals"
+With \fB\-\-text\-section\-literals\fR, literal pools are interspersed
+in the text section.  The default is
+\&\fB\-\-no\-text\-section\-literals\fR, which places literals in a
+separate section in the output file.  These options only affect literals
+referenced via PC-relative \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instructions; literals for
+absolute mode \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instructions are handled separately.
+.IP "\fB\-\-absolute\-literals | \-\-no\-absolute\-literals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals"
+Indicate to the assembler whether \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR instructions use absolute
+or PC-relative addressing.  The default is to assume absolute addressing
+if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR addressing
+option.  Otherwise, only the PC-relative \f(CW\*(C`L32R\*(C'\fR mode can be used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-align | \-\-no\-target\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-align | --no-target-align"
+Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
+expense of some code density.  The default is \fB\-\-target\-align\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-longcalls | \-\-no\-longcalls\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--longcalls | --no-longcalls"
+Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
+across a greater range of addresses.  The default is
+\&\fB\-\-no\-longcalls\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-transform | \-\-no\-transform\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--transform | --no-transform"
+Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
+The default is \fB\-\-transform\fR;
+\&\fB\-\-no\-transform\fR should be used only in the rare cases when the
+instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
+.PP
+The following options are available when as is configured for
+a Z80 family processor.
+.IP "\fB\-z80\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z80"
+Assemble for Z80 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-r800\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r800"
+Assemble for R800 processor.
+.IP "\fB\-ignore\-undocumented\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ignore-undocumented-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wnud\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnud"
+.PD
+Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
+.IP "\fB\-ignore\-unportable\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-ignore-unportable-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wnup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wnup"
+.PD
+Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
+.IP "\fB\-warn\-undocumented\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-warn-undocumented-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wud\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wud"
+.PD
+Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
+.IP "\fB\-warn\-unportable\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-warn-unportable-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Wup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Wup"
+.PD
+Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
+.IP "\fB\-forbid\-undocumented\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-forbid-undocumented-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Fud\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Fud"
+.PD
+Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
+.IP "\fB\-forbid\-unportable\-instructions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-forbid-unportable-instructions"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Fup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Fup"
+.PD
+Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIgcc\fR\|(1), \fIld\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR and \fIld\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002,
+2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ld/ld.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ld/ld.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..d1e29b8987ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ld/ld.1
@@ -0,0 +1,2156 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "LD 1"
+.TH LD 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+ld \- The GNU linker
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+ld [\fBoptions\fR] \fIobjfile\fR ...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBld\fR combines a number of object and archive files, relocates
+their data and ties up symbol references. Usually the last step in
+compiling a program is to run \fBld\fR.
+.PP
+\&\fBld\fR accepts Linker Command Language files written in
+a superset of \s-1AT&T\s0's Link Editor Command Language syntax,
+to provide explicit and total control over the linking process.
+.PP
+This man page does not describe the command language; see the
+\&\fBld\fR entry in \f(CW\*(C`info\*(C'\fR for full details on the command
+language and on other aspects of the \s-1GNU\s0 linker.
+.PP
+This version of \fBld\fR uses the general purpose \s-1BFD\s0 libraries
+to operate on object files. This allows \fBld\fR to read, combine, and
+write object files in many different formats\-\-\-for example, \s-1COFF\s0 or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR.  Different formats may be linked together to produce any
+available kind of object file.
+.PP
+Aside from its flexibility, the \s-1GNU\s0 linker is more helpful than other
+linkers in providing diagnostic information.  Many linkers abandon
+execution immediately upon encountering an error; whenever possible,
+\&\fBld\fR continues executing, allowing you to identify other errors
+(or, in some cases, to get an output file in spite of the error).
+.PP
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker \fBld\fR is meant to cover a broad range of situations,
+and to be as compatible as possible with other linkers.  As a result,
+you have many choices to control its behavior.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The linker supports a plethora of command-line options, but in actual
+practice few of them are used in any particular context.
+For instance, a frequent use of \fBld\fR is to link standard Unix
+object files on a standard, supported Unix system.  On such a system, to
+link a file \f(CW\*(C`hello.o\*(C'\fR:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\&        ld \-o <output> /lib/crt0.o hello.o \-lc
+.Ve
+.PP
+This tells \fBld\fR to produce a file called \fIoutput\fR as the
+result of linking the file \f(CW\*(C`/lib/crt0.o\*(C'\fR with \f(CW\*(C`hello.o\*(C'\fR and
+the library \f(CW\*(C`libc.a\*(C'\fR, which will come from the standard search
+directories.  (See the discussion of the \fB\-l\fR option below.)
+.PP
+Some of the command-line options to \fBld\fR may be specified at any
+point in the command line.  However, options which refer to files, such
+as \fB\-l\fR or \fB\-T\fR, cause the file to be read at the point at
+which the option appears in the command line, relative to the object
+files and other file options.  Repeating non-file options with a
+different argument will either have no further effect, or override prior
+occurrences (those further to the left on the command line) of that
+option.  Options which may be meaningfully specified more than once are
+noted in the descriptions below.
+.PP
+Non-option arguments are object files or archives which are to be linked
+together.  They may follow, precede, or be mixed in with command-line
+options, except that an object file argument may not be placed between
+an option and its argument.
+.PP
+Usually the linker is invoked with at least one object file, but you can
+specify other forms of binary input files using \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-R\fR,
+and the script command language.  If \fIno\fR binary input files at all
+are specified, the linker does not produce any output, and issues the
+message \fBNo input files\fR.
+.PP
+If the linker cannot recognize the format of an object file, it will
+assume that it is a linker script.  A script specified in this way
+augments the main linker script used for the link (either the default
+linker script or the one specified by using \fB\-T\fR).  This feature
+permits the linker to link against a file which appears to be an object
+or an archive, but actually merely defines some symbol values, or uses
+\&\f(CW\*(C`INPUT\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`GROUP\*(C'\fR to load other objects.  Note that
+specifying a script in this way merely augments the main linker script;
+use the \fB\-T\fR option to replace the default linker script entirely.
+.PP
+For options whose names are a single letter,
+option arguments must either follow the option letter without intervening
+whitespace, or be given as separate arguments immediately following the
+option that requires them.
+.PP
+For options whose names are multiple letters, either one dash or two can
+precede the option name; for example, \fB\-trace\-symbol\fR and
+\&\fB\-\-trace\-symbol\fR are equivalent.  Note\-\-\-there is one exception to
+this rule.  Multiple letter options that start with a lower case 'o' can
+only be preceded by two dashes.  This is to reduce confusion with the
+\&\fB\-o\fR option.  So for example \fB\-omagic\fR sets the output file
+name to \fBmagic\fR whereas \fB\-\-omagic\fR sets the \s-1NMAGIC\s0 flag on the
+output.
+.PP
+Arguments to multiple-letter options must either be separated from the
+option name by an equals sign, or be given as separate arguments
+immediately following the option that requires them.  For example,
+\&\fB\-\-trace\-symbol foo\fR and \fB\-\-trace\-symbol=foo\fR are equivalent.
+Unique abbreviations of the names of multiple-letter options are
+accepted.
+.PP
+Note\-\-\-if the linker is being invoked indirectly, via a compiler driver
+(e.g. \fBgcc\fR) then all the linker command line options should be
+prefixed by \fB\-Wl,\fR (or whatever is appropriate for the particular
+compiler driver) like this:
+.PP
+.Vb 1
+\&          gcc \-Wl,\-\-startgroup foo.o bar.o \-Wl,\-\-endgroup
+.Ve
+.PP
+This is important, because otherwise the compiler driver program may
+silently drop the linker options, resulting in a bad link.
+.PP
+Here is a table of the generic command line switches accepted by the \s-1GNU\s0
+linker:
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR\fIkeyword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-akeyword"
+This option is supported for \s-1HP/UX\s0 compatibility.  The \fIkeyword\fR
+argument must be one of the strings \fBarchive\fR, \fBshared\fR, or
+\&\fBdefault\fR.  \fB\-aarchive\fR is functionally equivalent to
+\&\fB\-Bstatic\fR, and the other two keywords are functionally equivalent
+to \fB\-Bdynamic\fR.  This option may be used any number of times.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR\fIarchitecture\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Aarchitecture"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fIarchitecture\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--architecture=architecture"
+.PD
+In the current release of \fBld\fR, this option is useful only for the
+Intel 960 family of architectures.  In that \fBld\fR configuration, the
+\&\fIarchitecture\fR argument identifies the particular architecture in
+the 960 family, enabling some safeguards and modifying the
+archive-library search path.
+.Sp
+Future releases of \fBld\fR may support similar functionality for
+other architecture families.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIinput-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b input-format"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIinput-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--format=input-format"
+.PD
+\&\fBld\fR may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file.  If your \fBld\fR is configured this way, you can use the
+\&\fB\-b\fR option to specify the binary format for input object files
+that follow this option on the command line.  Even when \fBld\fR is
+configured to support alternative object formats, you don't usually need
+to specify this, as \fBld\fR should be configured to expect as a
+default input format the most usual format on each machine.
+\&\fIinput-format\fR is a text string, the name of a particular format
+supported by the \s-1BFD\s0 libraries.  (You can list the available binary
+formats with \fBobjdump \-i\fR.)
+.Sp
+You may want to use this option if you are linking files with an unusual
+binary format.  You can also use \fB\-b\fR to switch formats explicitly (when
+linking object files of different formats), by including
+\&\fB\-b\fR \fIinput-format\fR before each group of object files in a
+particular format.
+.Sp
+The default format is taken from the environment variable
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+You can also define the input format from a script, using the command
+\&\f(CW\*(C`TARGET\*(C'\fR;
+.IP "\fB\-c\fR \fIMRI-commandfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-c MRI-commandfile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-mri\-script=\fR\fIMRI-commandfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--mri-script=MRI-commandfile"
+.PD
+For compatibility with linkers produced by \s-1MRI\s0, \fBld\fR accepts script
+files written in an alternate, restricted command language, described in
+the \s-1MRI\s0 Compatible Script Files section of \s-1GNU\s0 ld documentation.
+Introduce \s-1MRI\s0 script files with
+the option \fB\-c\fR; use the \fB\-T\fR option to run linker
+scripts written in the general-purpose \fBld\fR scripting language.
+If \fIMRI-cmdfile\fR does not exist, \fBld\fR looks for it in the directories
+specified by any \fB\-L\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-dc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dc"
+.IP "\fB\-dp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dp"
+.PD
+These three options are equivalent; multiple forms are supported for
+compatibility with other linkers.  They assign space to common symbols
+even if a relocatable output file is specified (with \fB\-r\fR).  The
+script command \f(CW\*(C`FORCE_COMMON_ALLOCATION\*(C'\fR has the same effect.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e entry"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-entry=\fR\fIentry\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--entry=entry"
+.PD
+Use \fIentry\fR as the explicit symbol for beginning execution of your
+program, rather than the default entry point.  If there is no symbol
+named \fIentry\fR, the linker will try to parse \fIentry\fR as a number,
+and use that as the entry address (the number will be interpreted in
+base 10; you may use a leading \fB0x\fR for base 16, or a leading
+\&\fB0\fR for base 8).
+.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-libs\fR \fIlib\fR\fB,\fR\fIlib\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exclude-libs lib,lib,..."
+Specifies a list of archive libraries from which symbols should not be automatically
+exported. The library names may be delimited by commas or colons.  Specifying
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-exclude\-libs ALL\*(C'\fR excludes symbols in all archive libraries from
+automatic export.  This option is available only for the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted
+port of the linker and for \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports.  For i386 \s-1PE\s0, symbols
+explicitly listed in a .def file are still exported, regardless of this
+option.  For \s-1ELF\s0 targeted ports, symbols affected by this option will
+be treated as hidden.
+.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-E"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-export\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--export-dynamic"
+.PD
+When creating a dynamically linked executable, add all symbols to the
+dynamic symbol table.  The dynamic symbol table is the set of symbols
+which are visible from dynamic objects at run time.
+.Sp
+If you do not use this option, the dynamic symbol table will normally
+contain only those symbols which are referenced by some dynamic object
+mentioned in the link.
+.Sp
+If you use \f(CW\*(C`dlopen\*(C'\fR to load a dynamic object which needs to refer
+back to the symbols defined by the program, rather than some other
+dynamic object, then you will probably need to use this option when
+linking the program itself.
+.Sp
+You can also use the dynamic list to control what symbols should
+be added to the dynamic symbol table if the output format supports it.
+See the description of \fB\-\-dynamic\-list\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+Link big-endian objects.  This affects the default output format.
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+Link little-endian objects.  This affects the default output format.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-auxiliary\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--auxiliary name"
+.PD
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 field
+to the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol
+table of the shared object should be used as an auxiliary filter on the
+symbol table of the shared object \fIname\fR.
+.Sp
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 field.  If
+the dynamic linker resolves any symbols from the filter object, it will
+first check whether there is a definition in the shared object
+\&\fIname\fR.  If there is one, it will be used instead of the definition
+in the filter object.  The shared object \fIname\fR need not exist.
+Thus the shared object \fIname\fR may be used to provide an alternative
+implementation of certain functions, perhaps for debugging or for
+machine specific performance.
+.Sp
+This option may be specified more than once.  The \s-1DT_AUXILIARY\s0 entries
+will be created in the order in which they appear on the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-filter\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--filter name"
+.PD
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_FILTER\s0 field to
+the specified name.  This tells the dynamic linker that the symbol table
+of the shared object which is being created should be used as a filter
+on the symbol table of the shared object \fIname\fR.
+.Sp
+If you later link a program against this filter object, then, when you
+run the program, the dynamic linker will see the \s-1DT_FILTER\s0 field.  The
+dynamic linker will resolve symbols according to the symbol table of the
+filter object as usual, but it will actually link to the definitions
+found in the shared object \fIname\fR.  Thus the filter object can be
+used to select a subset of the symbols provided by the object
+\&\fIname\fR.
+.Sp
+Some older linkers used the \fB\-F\fR option throughout a compilation
+toolchain for specifying object-file format for both input and output
+object files.
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker uses other mechanisms for this purpose: the
+\&\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-format\fR, \fB\-\-oformat\fR options, the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`TARGET\*(C'\fR command in linker scripts, and the \f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR
+environment variable.
+The \s-1GNU\s0 linker will ignore the \fB\-F\fR option when not
+creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object.
+.IP "\fB\-fini\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-fini name"
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object, call \s-1NAME\s0 when the
+executable or shared object is unloaded, by setting \s-1DT_FINI\s0 to the
+address of the function.  By default, the linker uses \f(CW\*(C`_fini\*(C'\fR as
+the function to call.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+Ignored.  Provided for compatibility with other tools.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Gvalue"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-gpsize=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gpsize=value"
+.PD
+Set the maximum size of objects to be optimized using the \s-1GP\s0 register to
+\&\fIsize\fR.  This is only meaningful for object file formats such as
+\&\s-1MIPS\s0 \s-1ECOFF\s0 which supports putting large and small objects into different
+sections.  This is ignored for other object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-hname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-soname=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-soname=name"
+.PD
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 shared object, set the internal \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 field to
+the specified name.  When an executable is linked with a shared object
+which has a \s-1DT_SONAME\s0 field, then when the executable is run the dynamic
+linker will attempt to load the shared object specified by the \s-1DT_SONAME\s0
+field rather than the using the file name given to the linker.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+Perform an incremental link (same as option \fB\-r\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-init\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-init name"
+When creating an \s-1ELF\s0 executable or shared object, call \s-1NAME\s0 when the
+executable or shared object is loaded, by setting \s-1DT_INIT\s0 to the address
+of the function.  By default, the linker uses \f(CW\*(C`_init\*(C'\fR as the
+function to call.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR\fInamespec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-lnamespec"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-library=\fR\fInamespec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--library=namespec"
+.PD
+Add the archive or object file specified by \fInamespec\fR to the
+list of files to link.  This option may be used any number of times.
+If \fInamespec\fR is of the form \fI:\fIfilename\fI\fR, \fBld\fR
+will search the library path for a file called \fIfilename\fR, otherise it
+will search the library path for a file called \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR.
+.Sp
+On systems which support shared libraries, \fBld\fR may also search for
+files other than \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR.  Specifically, on \s-1ELF\s0
+and SunOS systems, \fBld\fR will search a directory for a library
+called \fIlib\fInamespec\fI.so\fR before searching for one called
+\&\fIlib\fInamespec\fI.a\fR.  (By convention, a \f(CW\*(C`.so\*(C'\fR extension
+indicates a shared library.)  Note that this behavior does not apply
+to \fI:\fIfilename\fI\fR, which always specifies a file called
+\&\fIfilename\fR.
+.Sp
+The linker will search an archive only once, at the location where it is
+specified on the command line.  If the archive defines a symbol which
+was undefined in some object which appeared before the archive on the
+command line, the linker will include the appropriate file(s) from the
+archive.  However, an undefined symbol in an object appearing later on
+the command line will not cause the linker to search the archive again.
+.Sp
+See the \fB\-(\fR option for a way to force the linker to search
+archives multiple times.
+.Sp
+You may list the same archive multiple times on the command line.
+.Sp
+This type of archive searching is standard for Unix linkers.  However,
+if you are using \fBld\fR on \s-1AIX\s0, note that it is different from the
+behaviour of the \s-1AIX\s0 linker.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR\fIsearchdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Lsearchdir"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-library\-path=\fR\fIsearchdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--library-path=searchdir"
+.PD
+Add path \fIsearchdir\fR to the list of paths that \fBld\fR will search
+for archive libraries and \fBld\fR control scripts.  You may use this
+option any number of times.  The directories are searched in the order
+in which they are specified on the command line.  Directories specified
+on the command line are searched before the default directories.  All
+\&\fB\-L\fR options apply to all \fB\-l\fR options, regardless of the
+order in which the options appear.
+.Sp
+If \fIsearchdir\fR begins with \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR, then the \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR will be replaced
+by the \fIsysroot prefix\fR, a path specified when the linker is configured.
+.Sp
+The default set of paths searched (without being specified with
+\&\fB\-L\fR) depends on which emulation mode \fBld\fR is using, and in
+some cases also on how it was configured.
+.Sp
+The paths can also be specified in a link script with the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`SEARCH_DIR\*(C'\fR command.  Directories specified this way are searched
+at the point in which the linker script appears in the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR\fIemulation\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-memulation"
+Emulate the \fIemulation\fR linker.  You can list the available
+emulations with the \fB\-\-verbose\fR or \fB\-V\fR options.
+.Sp
+If the \fB\-m\fR option is not used, the emulation is taken from the
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR environment variable, if that is defined.
+.Sp
+Otherwise, the default emulation depends upon how the linker was
+configured.
+.IP "\fB\-M\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-M"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-map\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-map"
+.PD
+Print a link map to the standard output.  A link map provides
+information about the link, including the following:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+Where object files are mapped into memory.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+How common symbols are allocated.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+All archive members included in the link, with a mention of the symbol
+which caused the archive member to be brought in.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The values assigned to symbols.
+.Sp
+Note \- symbols whose values are computed by an expression which
+involves a reference to a previous value of the same symbol may not
+have correct result displayed in the link map.  This is because the
+linker discards intermediate results and only retains the final value
+of an expression.  Under such circumstances the linker will display
+the final value enclosed by square brackets.  Thus for example a
+linker script containing:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&           foo = 1
+\&           foo = foo * 4
+\&           foo = foo + 8
+.Ve
+.Sp
+will produce the following output in the link map if the \fB\-M\fR
+option is used:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&           0x00000001                foo = 0x1
+\&           [0x0000000c]                foo = (foo * 0x4)
+\&           [0x0000000c]                foo = (foo + 0x8)
+.Ve
+.Sp
+See \fBExpressions\fR for more information about expressions in linker
+scripts.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-nmagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--nmagic"
+.PD
+Turn off page alignment of sections, and mark the output as
+\&\f(CW\*(C`NMAGIC\*(C'\fR if possible.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-omagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--omagic"
+.PD
+Set the text and data sections to be readable and writable.  Also, do
+not page-align the data segment, and disable linking against shared
+libraries.  If the output format supports Unix style magic numbers,
+mark the output as \f(CW\*(C`OMAGIC\*(C'\fR. Note: Although a writable text section
+is allowed for PE-COFF targets, it does not conform to the format
+specification published by Microsoft.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-omagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-omagic"
+This option negates most of the effects of the \fB\-N\fR option.  It
+sets the text section to be read-only, and forces the data segment to
+be page-aligned.  Note \- this option does not enable linking against
+shared libraries.  Use \fB\-Bdynamic\fR for this.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIoutput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o output"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output=\fR\fIoutput\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output=output"
+.PD
+Use \fIoutput\fR as the name for the program produced by \fBld\fR; if this
+option is not specified, the name \fIa.out\fR is used by default.  The
+script command \f(CW\*(C`OUTPUT\*(C'\fR can also specify the output file name.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIlevel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O level"
+If \fIlevel\fR is a numeric values greater than zero \fBld\fR optimizes
+the output.  This might take significantly longer and therefore probably
+should only be enabled for the final binary.
+.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-q"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-emit\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--emit-relocs"
+.PD
+Leave relocation sections and contents in fully linked executables.
+Post link analysis and optimization tools may need this information in
+order to perform correct modifications of executables.  This results
+in larger executables.
+.Sp
+This option is currently only supported on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms.
+.IP "\fB\-\-force\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--force-dynamic"
+Force the output file to have dynamic sections.  This option is specific
+to VxWorks targets.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-relocatable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--relocatable"
+.PD
+Generate relocatable output\-\-\-i.e., generate an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \fBld\fR.  This is often called \fIpartial
+linking\fR.  As a side effect, in environments that support standard Unix
+magic numbers, this option also sets the output file's magic number to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`OMAGIC\*(C'\fR.
+If this option is not specified, an absolute file is produced.  When
+linking \*(C+ programs, this option \fIwill not\fR resolve references to
+constructors; to do that, use \fB\-Ur\fR.
+.Sp
+When an input file does not have the same format as the output file,
+partial linking is only supported if that input file does not contain any
+relocations.  Different output formats can have further restrictions; for
+example some \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR\-based formats do not support partial linking
+with input files in other formats at all.
+.Sp
+This option does the same thing as \fB\-i\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R filename"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-just\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--just-symbols=filename"
+.PD
+Read symbol names and their addresses from \fIfilename\fR, but do not
+relocate it or include it in the output.  This allows your output file
+to refer symbolically to absolute locations of memory defined in other
+programs.  You may use this option more than once.
+.Sp
+For compatibility with other \s-1ELF\s0 linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the \fB\-rpath\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-all"
+.PD
+Omit all symbol information from the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-debug"
+.PD
+Omit debugger symbol information (but not all symbols) from the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-trace\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--trace"
+.PD
+Print the names of the input files as \fBld\fR processes them.
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T scriptfile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--script=scriptfile"
+.PD
+Use \fIscriptfile\fR as the linker script.  This script replaces
+\&\fBld\fR's default linker script (rather than adding to it), so
+\&\fIcommandfile\fR must specify everything necessary to describe the
+output file.    If \fIscriptfile\fR does not exist in
+the current directory, \f(CW\*(C`ld\*(C'\fR looks for it in the directories
+specified by any preceding \fB\-L\fR options.  Multiple \fB\-T\fR
+options accumulate.
+.IP "\fB\-dT\fR \fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dT scriptfile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-default\-script=\fR\fIscriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--default-script=scriptfile"
+.PD
+Use \fIscriptfile\fR as the default linker script.
+.Sp
+This option is similar to the \fB\-\-script\fR option except that
+processing of the script is delayed until after the rest of the
+command line has been processed.  This allows options placed after the
+\&\fB\-\-default\-script\fR option on the command line to affect the
+behaviour of the linker script, which can be important when the linker
+command line cannot be directly controlled by the user.  (eg because
+the command line is being constructed by another tool, such as
+\&\fBgcc\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u symbol"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-undefined=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--undefined=symbol"
+.PD
+Force \fIsymbol\fR to be entered in the output file as an undefined
+symbol.  Doing this may, for example, trigger linking of additional
+modules from standard libraries.  \fB\-u\fR may be repeated with
+different option arguments to enter additional undefined symbols.  This
+option is equivalent to the \f(CW\*(C`EXTERN\*(C'\fR linker script command.
+.IP "\fB\-Ur\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ur"
+For anything other than \*(C+ programs, this option is equivalent to
+\&\fB\-r\fR: it generates relocatable output\-\-\-i.e., an output file that can in
+turn serve as input to \fBld\fR.  When linking \*(C+ programs, \fB\-Ur\fR
+\&\fIdoes\fR resolve references to constructors, unlike \fB\-r\fR.
+It does not work to use \fB\-Ur\fR on files that were themselves linked
+with \fB\-Ur\fR; once the constructor table has been built, it cannot
+be added to.  Use \fB\-Ur\fR only for the last partial link, and
+\&\fB\-r\fR for the others.
+.IP "\fB\-\-unique[=\fR\fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unique[=SECTION]"
+Creates a separate output section for every input section matching
+\&\fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR, or if the optional wildcard \fI\s-1SECTION\s0\fR argument is
+missing, for every orphan input section.  An orphan section is one not
+specifically mentioned in a linker script.  You may use this option
+multiple times on the command line;  It prevents the normal merging of
+input sections with the same name, overriding output section assignments
+in a linker script.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD
+Display the version number for \fBld\fR.  The \fB\-V\fR option also
+lists the supported emulations.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-all"
+.PD
+Delete all local symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-locals"
+.PD
+Delete all temporary local symbols.  (These symbols start with
+system-specific local label prefixes, typically \fB.L\fR for \s-1ELF\s0 systems
+or \fBL\fR for traditional a.out systems.)
+.IP "\fB\-y\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-y symbol"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-trace\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--trace-symbol=symbol"
+.PD
+Print the name of each linked file in which \fIsymbol\fR appears.  This
+option may be given any number of times.  On many systems it is necessary
+to prepend an underscore.
+.Sp
+This option is useful when you have an undefined symbol in your link but
+don't know where the reference is coming from.
+.IP "\fB\-Y\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Y path"
+Add \fIpath\fR to the default library search path.  This option exists
+for Solaris compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-z\fR \fIkeyword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z keyword"
+The recognized keywords are:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBcombreloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "combreloc"
+Combines multiple reloc sections and sorts them to make dynamic symbol
+lookup caching possible.
+.IP "\fBdefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "defs"
+Disallows undefined symbols in object files.  Undefined symbols in
+shared libraries are still allowed.
+.IP "\fBexecstack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "execstack"
+Marks the object as requiring executable stack.
+.IP "\fBinitfirst\fR" 4
+.IX Item "initfirst"
+This option is only meaningful when building a shared object.
+It marks the object so that its runtime initialization will occur
+before the runtime initialization of any other objects brought into
+the process at the same time.  Similarly the runtime finalization of
+the object will occur after the runtime finalization of any other
+objects.
+.IP "\fBinterpose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "interpose"
+Marks the object that its symbol table interposes before all symbols
+but the primary executable.
+.IP "\fBlazy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "lazy"
+When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to tell the
+dynamic linker to defer function call resolution to the point when
+the function is called (lazy binding), rather than at load time.
+Lazy binding is the default.
+.IP "\fBloadfltr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "loadfltr"
+Marks  the object that its filters be processed immediately at
+runtime.
+.IP "\fBmuldefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "muldefs"
+Allows multiple definitions.
+.IP "\fBnocombreloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nocombreloc"
+Disables multiple reloc sections combining.
+.IP "\fBnocopyreloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nocopyreloc"
+Disables production of copy relocs.
+.IP "\fBnodefaultlib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodefaultlib"
+Marks the object that the search for dependencies of this object will
+ignore any default library search paths.
+.IP "\fBnodelete\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodelete"
+Marks the object shouldn't be unloaded at runtime.
+.IP "\fBnodlopen\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodlopen"
+Marks the object not available to \f(CW\*(C`dlopen\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fBnodump\fR" 4
+.IX Item "nodump"
+Marks the object can not be dumped by \f(CW\*(C`dldump\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fBnoexecstack\fR" 4
+.IX Item "noexecstack"
+Marks the object as not requiring executable stack.
+.IP "\fBnorelro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "norelro"
+Don't create an \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment header in the object.
+.IP "\fBnow\fR" 4
+.IX Item "now"
+When generating an executable or shared library, mark it to tell the
+dynamic linker to resolve all symbols when the program is started, or
+when the shared library is linked to using dlopen, instead of
+deferring function call resolution to the point when the function is
+first called.
+.IP "\fBorigin\fR" 4
+.IX Item "origin"
+Marks the object may contain \f(CW$ORIGIN\fR.
+.IP "\fBrelro\fR" 4
+.IX Item "relro"
+Create an \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_RELRO\*(C'\fR segment header in the object.
+.IP "\fBmax\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "max-page-size=value"
+Set the emulation maximum page size to \fIvalue\fR.
+.IP "\fBcommon\-page\-size=\fR\fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "common-page-size=value"
+Set the emulation common page size to \fIvalue\fR.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Other keywords are ignored for Solaris compatibility.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-(\fR \fIarchives\fR \fB\-)\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-( archives -)"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-start\-group\fR \fIarchives\fR \fB\-\-end\-group\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--start-group archives --end-group"
+.PD
+The \fIarchives\fR should be a list of archive files.  They may be
+either explicit file names, or \fB\-l\fR options.
+.Sp
+The specified archives are searched repeatedly until no new undefined
+references are created.  Normally, an archive is searched only once in
+the order that it is specified on the command line.  If a symbol in that
+archive is needed to resolve an undefined symbol referred to by an
+object in an archive that appears later on the command line, the linker
+would not be able to resolve that reference.  By grouping the archives,
+they all be searched repeatedly until all possible references are
+resolved.
+.Sp
+Using this option has a significant performance cost.  It is best to use
+it only when there are unavoidable circular references between two or
+more archives.
+.IP "\fB\-\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--accept-unknown-input-arch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-accept-unknown-input-arch"
+.PD
+Tells the linker to accept input files whose architecture cannot be
+recognised.  The assumption is that the user knows what they are doing
+and deliberately wants to link in these unknown input files.  This was
+the default behaviour of the linker, before release 2.14.  The default
+behaviour from release 2.14 onwards is to reject such input files, and
+so the \fB\-\-accept\-unknown\-input\-arch\fR option has been added to
+restore the old behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-\-as\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--as-needed"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-as\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-as-needed"
+.PD
+This option affects \s-1ELF\s0 \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags for dynamic libraries mentioned
+on the command line after the \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR option.  Normally,
+the linker will add a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag for each dynamic library mentioned
+on the command line, regardless of whether the library is actually
+needed.  \fB\-\-as\-needed\fR causes \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags to only be emitted
+for libraries that satisfy some symbol reference from regular objects
+which is undefined at the point that the library was linked.
+\&\fB\-\-no\-as\-needed\fR restores the default behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-needed"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-add\-needed\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-add-needed"
+.PD
+This option affects the treatment of dynamic libraries from \s-1ELF\s0
+\&\s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags in dynamic libraries mentioned on the command line after
+the \fB\-\-no\-add\-needed\fR option.  Normally, the linker will add
+a \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tag for each dynamic library from \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags.
+\&\fB\-\-no\-add\-needed\fR causes \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags will never be emitted
+for those libraries from \s-1DT_NEEDED\s0 tags. \fB\-\-add\-needed\fR restores
+the default behaviour.
+.IP "\fB\-assert\fR \fIkeyword\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-assert keyword"
+This option is ignored for SunOS compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-Bdynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bdynamic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-dy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dy"
+.IP "\fB\-call_shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-call_shared"
+.PD
+Link against dynamic libraries.  This is only meaningful on platforms
+for which shared libraries are supported.  This option is normally the
+default on such platforms.  The different variants of this option are
+for compatibility with various systems.  You may use this option
+multiple times on the command line: it affects library searching for
+\&\fB\-l\fR options which follow it.
+.IP "\fB\-Bgroup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bgroup"
+Set the \f(CW\*(C`DF_1_GROUP\*(C'\fR flag in the \f(CW\*(C`DT_FLAGS_1\*(C'\fR entry in the dynamic
+section.  This causes the runtime linker to handle lookups in this
+object and its dependencies to be performed only inside the group.
+\&\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=report\-all\fR is implied.  This option is
+only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-Bstatic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bstatic"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-dn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-dn"
+.IP "\fB\-non_shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-non_shared"
+.IP "\fB\-static\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-static"
+.PD
+Do not link against shared libraries.  This is only meaningful on
+platforms for which shared libraries are supported.  The different
+variants of this option are for compatibility with various systems.  You
+may use this option multiple times on the command line: it affects
+library searching for \fB\-l\fR options which follow it.  This
+option also implies \fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=report\-all\fR.  This
+option can be used with \fB\-shared\fR.  Doing so means that a
+shared library is being created but that all of the library's external
+references must be resolved by pulling in entries from static
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-Bsymbolic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bsymbolic"
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global symbols to the
+definition within the shared library, if any.  Normally, it is possible
+for a program linked against a shared library to override the definition
+within the shared library.  This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0
+platforms which support shared libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-Bsymbolic\-functions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bsymbolic-functions"
+When creating a shared library, bind references to global function
+symbols to the definition within the shared library, if any. 
+This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list=\fR\fIdynamic-list-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list=dynamic-list-file"
+Specify the name of a dynamic list file to the linker.  This is
+typically used when creating shared libraries to specify a list of
+global symbols whose references shouldn't be bound to the definition
+within the shared library, or creating dynamically linked executables
+to specify a list of symbols which should be added to the symbol table
+in the executable.  This option is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms
+which support shared libraries.
+.Sp
+The format of the dynamic list is the same as the version node without
+scope and node name.  See \fB\s-1VERSION\s0\fR for more information.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-data\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list-data"
+Include all global data symbols to the dynamic list.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-new\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list-cpp-new"
+Provide the builtin dynamic list for \*(C+ operator new and delete.  It
+is mainly useful for building shared libstdc++.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-list\-cpp\-typeinfo\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-list-cpp-typeinfo"
+Provide the builtin dynamic list for \*(C+ runtime type identification.
+.IP "\fB\-\-check\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--check-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-check\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-check-sections"
+.PD
+Asks the linker \fInot\fR to check section addresses after they have
+been assigned to see if there are any overlaps.  Normally the linker will
+perform this check, and if it finds any overlaps it will produce
+suitable error messages.  The linker does know about, and does make
+allowances for sections in overlays.  The default behaviour can be
+restored by using the command line switch \fB\-\-check\-sections\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-cref\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--cref"
+Output a cross reference table.  If a linker map file is being
+generated, the cross reference table is printed to the map file.
+Otherwise, it is printed on the standard output.
+.Sp
+The format of the table is intentionally simple, so that it may be
+easily processed by a script if necessary.  The symbols are printed out,
+sorted by name.  For each symbol, a list of file names is given.  If the
+symbol is defined, the first file listed is the location of the
+definition.  The remaining files contain references to the symbol.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-define-common"
+This option inhibits the assignment of addresses to common symbols.
+The script command \f(CW\*(C`INHIBIT_COMMON_ALLOCATION\*(C'\fR has the same effect.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR option allows decoupling
+the decision to assign addresses to Common symbols from the choice
+of the output file type; otherwise a non-Relocatable output type
+forces assigning addresses to Common symbols.
+Using \fB\-\-no\-define\-common\fR allows Common symbols that are referenced
+from a shared library to be assigned addresses only in the main program.
+This eliminates the unused duplicate space in the shared library,
+and also prevents any possible confusion over resolving to the wrong
+duplicate when there are many dynamic modules with specialized search
+paths for runtime symbol resolution.
+.IP "\fB\-\-defsym\fR \fIsymbol\fR\fB=\fR\fIexpression\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--defsym symbol=expression"
+Create a global symbol in the output file, containing the absolute
+address given by \fIexpression\fR.  You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to define multiple symbols in the command line.  A
+limited form of arithmetic is supported for the \fIexpression\fR in this
+context: you may give a hexadecimal constant or the name of an existing
+symbol, or use \f(CW\*(C`+\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR to add or subtract hexadecimal
+constants or symbols.  If you need more elaborate expressions, consider
+using the linker command language from a script.  \fINote:\fR there should be no white
+space between \fIsymbol\fR, the equals sign ("\fB=\fR"), and
+\&\fIexpression\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-demangle"
+.PD
+These options control whether to demangle symbol names in error messages
+and other output.  When the linker is told to demangle, it tries to
+present symbol names in a readable fashion: it strips leading
+underscores if they are used by the object file format, and converts \*(C+
+mangled symbol names into user readable names.  Different compilers have
+different mangling styles.  The optional demangling style argument can be used
+to choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.  The linker will
+demangle by default unless the environment variable \fB\s-1COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\s0\fR
+is set.  These options may be used to override the default.
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-linker\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-linker file"
+Set the name of the dynamic linker.  This is only meaningful when
+generating dynamically linked \s-1ELF\s0 executables.  The default dynamic
+linker is normally correct; don't use this unless you know what you are
+doing.
+.IP "\fB\-\-fatal\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--fatal-warnings"
+Treat all warnings as errors.
+.IP "\fB\-\-force\-exe\-suffix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--force-exe-suffix"
+Make sure that an output file has a .exe suffix.
+.Sp
+If a successfully built fully linked output file does not have a
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`.dll\*(C'\fR suffix, this option forces the linker to copy
+the output file to one of the same name with a \f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR suffix. This
+option is useful when using unmodified Unix makefiles on a Microsoft
+Windows host, since some versions of Windows won't run an image unless
+it ends in a \f(CW\*(C`.exe\*(C'\fR suffix.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gc-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-gc-sections"
+.PD
+Enable garbage collection of unused input sections.  It is ignored on
+targets that do not support this option.  This option is not compatible
+with \fB\-r\fR or \fB\-\-emit\-relocs\fR. The default behaviour (of not
+performing this garbage collection) can be restored by specifying
+\&\fB\-\-no\-gc\-sections\fR on the command line.
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-gc-sections"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-print\-gc\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-print-gc-sections"
+.PD
+List all sections removed by garbage collection.  The listing is
+printed on stderr.  This option is only effective if garbage
+collection has been enabled via the \fB\-\-gc\-sections\fR) option.  The
+default behaviour (of not listing the sections that are removed) can
+be restored by specifying \fB\-\-no\-print\-gc\-sections\fR on the command
+line.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print a summary of the command-line options on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target-help"
+Print a summary of all target specific options on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-Map\fR \fImapfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Map mapfile"
+Print a link map to the file \fImapfile\fR.  See the description of the
+\&\fB\-M\fR option, above.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-keep\-memory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-keep-memory"
+\&\fBld\fR normally optimizes for speed over memory usage by caching the
+symbol tables of input files in memory.  This option tells \fBld\fR to
+instead optimize for memory usage, by rereading the symbol tables as
+necessary.  This may be required if \fBld\fR runs out of memory space
+while linking a large executable.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-undefined"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-z defs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z defs"
+.PD
+Report unresolved symbol references from regular object files.  This
+is done even if the linker is creating a non-symbolic shared library.
+The switch \fB\-\-[no\-]allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR controls the
+behaviour for reporting unresolved references found in shared
+libraries being linked in.
+.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-multiple\-definition\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--allow-multiple-definition"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-z muldefs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z muldefs"
+.PD
+Normally when a symbol is defined multiple times, the linker will
+report a fatal error. These options allow multiple definitions and the
+first definition will be used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--allow-shlib-undefined"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-allow-shlib-undefined"
+.PD
+Allows (the default) or disallows undefined symbols in shared libraries.
+This switch is similar to \fB\-\-no\-undefined\fR except that it
+determines the behaviour when the undefined symbols are in a
+shared library rather than a regular object file.  It does not affect
+how undefined symbols in regular object files are handled.
+.Sp
+The reason that \fB\-\-allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR is the default is that
+the shared library being specified at link time may not be the same as
+the one that is available at load time, so the symbols might actually be
+resolvable at load time.  Plus there are some systems, (eg BeOS) where
+undefined symbols in shared libraries is normal.  (The kernel patches
+them at load time to select which function is most appropriate
+for the current architecture.  This is used for example to dynamically
+select an appropriate memset function).  Apparently it is also normal
+for \s-1HPPA\s0 shared libraries to have undefined symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-undefined\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-undefined-version"
+Normally when a symbol has an undefined version, the linker will ignore
+it. This option disallows symbols with undefined version and a fatal error
+will be issued instead.
+.IP "\fB\-\-default\-symver\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--default-symver"
+Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for unversioned
+exported symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-default\-imported\-symver\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--default-imported-symver"
+Create and use a default symbol version (the soname) for unversioned
+imported symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn-mismatch"
+Normally \fBld\fR will give an error if you try to link together input
+files that are mismatched for some reason, perhaps because they have
+been compiled for different processors or for different endiannesses.
+This option tells \fBld\fR that it should silently permit such possible
+errors.  This option should only be used with care, in cases when you
+have taken some special action that ensures that the linker errors are
+inappropriate.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warn\-search\-mismatch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-warn-search-mismatch"
+Normally \fBld\fR will give a warning if it finds an incompatible
+library during a library search.  This option silences the warning.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-whole\-archive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-whole-archive"
+Turn off the effect of the \fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR option for subsequent
+archive files.
+.IP "\fB\-\-noinhibit\-exec\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--noinhibit-exec"
+Retain the executable output file whenever it is still usable.
+Normally, the linker will not produce an output file if it encounters
+errors during the link process; it exits without writing an output file
+when it issues any error whatsoever.
+.IP "\fB\-nostdlib\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-nostdlib"
+Only search library directories explicitly specified on the
+command line.  Library directories specified in linker scripts
+(including linker scripts specified on the command line) are ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-\-oformat\fR \fIoutput-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--oformat output-format"
+\&\fBld\fR may be configured to support more than one kind of object
+file.  If your \fBld\fR is configured this way, you can use the
+\&\fB\-\-oformat\fR option to specify the binary format for the output
+object file.  Even when \fBld\fR is configured to support alternative
+object formats, you don't usually need to specify this, as \fBld\fR
+should be configured to produce as a default output format the most
+usual format on each machine.  \fIoutput-format\fR is a text string, the
+name of a particular format supported by the \s-1BFD\s0 libraries.  (You can
+list the available binary formats with \fBobjdump \-i\fR.)  The script
+command \f(CW\*(C`OUTPUT_FORMAT\*(C'\fR can also specify the output format, but
+this option overrides it.
+.IP "\fB\-pie\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-pie"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-pic\-executable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pic-executable"
+.PD
+Create a position independent executable.  This is currently only supported on
+\&\s-1ELF\s0 platforms.  Position independent executables are similar to shared
+libraries in that they are relocated by the dynamic linker to the virtual
+address the \s-1OS\s0 chooses for them (which can vary between invocations).  Like
+normal dynamically linked executables they can be executed and symbols
+defined in the executable cannot be overridden by shared libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-qmagic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-qmagic"
+This option is ignored for Linux compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-Qy\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Qy"
+This option is ignored for \s-1SVR4\s0 compatibility.
+.IP "\fB\-\-relax\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--relax"
+An option with machine dependent effects.
+This option is only supported on a few targets.
+.Sp
+On some platforms, the \fB\-\-relax\fR option performs global
+optimizations that become possible when the linker resolves addressing
+in the program, such as relaxing address modes and synthesizing new
+instructions in the output object file.
+.Sp
+On some platforms these link time global optimizations may make symbolic
+debugging of the resulting executable impossible.
+This is known to be
+the case for the Matsushita \s-1MN10200\s0 and \s-1MN10300\s0 family of processors.
+.Sp
+On platforms where this is not supported, \fB\-\-relax\fR is accepted,
+but ignored.
+.IP "\fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--retain-symbols-file filename"
+Retain \fIonly\fR the symbols listed in the file \fIfilename\fR,
+discarding all others.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line.  This option is especially useful in environments
+(such as VxWorks)
+where a large global symbol table is accumulated gradually, to conserve
+run-time memory.
+.Sp
+\&\fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file\fR does \fInot\fR discard undefined symbols,
+or symbols needed for relocations.
+.Sp
+You may only specify \fB\-\-retain\-symbols\-file\fR once in the command
+line.  It overrides \fB\-s\fR and \fB\-S\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-rpath\fR \fIdir\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-rpath dir"
+Add a directory to the runtime library search path.  This is used when
+linking an \s-1ELF\s0 executable with shared objects.  All \fB\-rpath\fR
+arguments are concatenated and passed to the runtime linker, which uses
+them to locate shared objects at runtime.  The \fB\-rpath\fR option is
+also used when locating shared objects which are needed by shared
+objects explicitly included in the link; see the description of the
+\&\fB\-rpath\-link\fR option.  If \fB\-rpath\fR is not used when linking an
+\&\s-1ELF\s0 executable, the contents of the environment variable
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LD_RUN_PATH\*(C'\fR will be used if it is defined.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-rpath\fR option may also be used on SunOS.  By default, on
+SunOS, the linker will form a runtime search patch out of all the
+\&\fB\-L\fR options it is given.  If a \fB\-rpath\fR option is used, the
+runtime search path will be formed exclusively using the \fB\-rpath\fR
+options, ignoring the \fB\-L\fR options.  This can be useful when using
+gcc, which adds many \fB\-L\fR options which may be on \s-1NFS\s0 mounted
+file systems.
+.Sp
+For compatibility with other \s-1ELF\s0 linkers, if the \fB\-R\fR option is
+followed by a directory name, rather than a file name, it is treated as
+the \fB\-rpath\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-rpath\-link\fR \fI\s-1DIR\s0\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-rpath-link DIR"
+When using \s-1ELF\s0 or SunOS, one shared library may require another.  This
+happens when an \f(CW\*(C`ld \-shared\*(C'\fR link includes a shared library as one
+of the input files.
+.Sp
+When the linker encounters such a dependency when doing a non-shared,
+non-relocatable link, it will automatically try to locate the required
+shared library and include it in the link, if it is not included
+explicitly.  In such a case, the \fB\-rpath\-link\fR option
+specifies the first set of directories to search.  The
+\&\fB\-rpath\-link\fR option may specify a sequence of directory names
+either by specifying a list of names separated by colons, or by
+appearing multiple times.
+.Sp
+This option should be used with caution as it overrides the search path
+that may have been hard compiled into a shared library. In such a case it
+is possible to use unintentionally a different search path than the
+runtime linker would do.
+.Sp
+The linker uses the following search paths to locate required shared
+libraries:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1." 4
+Any directories specified by \fB\-rpath\-link\fR options.
+.IP "2." 4
+Any directories specified by \fB\-rpath\fR options.  The difference
+between \fB\-rpath\fR and \fB\-rpath\-link\fR is that directories
+specified by \fB\-rpath\fR options are included in the executable and
+used at runtime, whereas the \fB\-rpath\-link\fR option is only effective
+at link time. Searching \fB\-rpath\fR in this way is only supported
+by native linkers and cross linkers which have been configured with
+the \fB\-\-with\-sysroot\fR option.
+.IP "3." 4
+On an \s-1ELF\s0 system, if the \fB\-rpath\fR and \f(CW\*(C`rpath\-link\*(C'\fR options
+were not used, search the contents of the environment variable
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LD_RUN_PATH\*(C'\fR. It is for the native linker only.
+.IP "4." 4
+On SunOS, if the \fB\-rpath\fR option was not used, search any
+directories specified using \fB\-L\fR options.
+.IP "5." 4
+For a native linker, the contents of the environment variable
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LD_LIBRARY_PATH\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "6." 4
+For a native \s-1ELF\s0 linker, the directories in \f(CW\*(C`DT_RUNPATH\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`DT_RPATH\*(C'\fR of a shared library are searched for shared
+libraries needed by it. The \f(CW\*(C`DT_RPATH\*(C'\fR entries are ignored if
+\&\f(CW\*(C`DT_RUNPATH\*(C'\fR entries exist.
+.IP "7." 4
+The default directories, normally \fI/lib\fR and \fI/usr/lib\fR.
+.IP "8." 4
+For a native linker on an \s-1ELF\s0 system, if the file \fI/etc/ld.so.conf\fR
+exists, the list of directories found in that file.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+If the required shared library is not found, the linker will issue a
+warning and continue with the link.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-shared\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-shared"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Bshareable\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Bshareable"
+.PD
+Create a shared library.  This is currently only supported on \s-1ELF\s0, \s-1XCOFF\s0
+and SunOS platforms.  On SunOS, the linker will automatically create a
+shared library if the \fB\-e\fR option is not used and there are
+undefined symbols in the link.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-common"
+This option tells \fBld\fR to sort the common symbols by size when it
+places them in the appropriate output sections.  First come all the one
+byte symbols, then all the two byte, then all the four byte, and then
+everything else.  This is to prevent gaps between symbols due to
+alignment constraints.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-section name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-section name"
+This option will apply \f(CW\*(C`SORT_BY_NAME\*(C'\fR to all wildcard section
+patterns in the linker script.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sort\-section alignment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sort-section alignment"
+This option will apply \f(CW\*(C`SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT\*(C'\fR to all wildcard section
+patterns in the linker script.
+.IP "\fB\-\-split\-by\-file [\fR\fIsize\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--split-by-file [size]"
+Similar to \fB\-\-split\-by\-reloc\fR but creates a new output section for
+each input file when \fIsize\fR is reached.  \fIsize\fR defaults to a
+size of 1 if not given.
+.IP "\fB\-\-split\-by\-reloc [\fR\fIcount\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--split-by-reloc [count]"
+Tries to creates extra sections in the output file so that no single
+output section in the file contains more than \fIcount\fR relocations.
+This is useful when generating huge relocatable files for downloading into
+certain real time kernels with the \s-1COFF\s0 object file format; since \s-1COFF\s0
+cannot represent more than 65535 relocations in a single section.  Note
+that this will fail to work with object file formats which do not
+support arbitrary sections.  The linker will not split up individual
+input sections for redistribution, so if a single input section contains
+more than \fIcount\fR relocations one output section will contain that
+many relocations.  \fIcount\fR defaults to a value of 32768.
+.IP "\fB\-\-stats\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stats"
+Compute and display statistics about the operation of the linker, such
+as execution time and memory usage.
+.IP "\fB\-\-sysroot=\fR\fIdirectory\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sysroot=directory"
+Use \fIdirectory\fR as the location of the sysroot, overriding the
+configure-time default.  This option is only supported by linkers
+that were configured using \fB\-\-with\-sysroot\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-traditional\-format\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--traditional-format"
+For some targets, the output of \fBld\fR is different in some ways from
+the output of some existing linker.  This switch requests \fBld\fR to
+use the traditional format instead.
+.Sp
+For example, on SunOS, \fBld\fR combines duplicate entries in the
+symbol string table.  This can reduce the size of an output file with
+full debugging information by over 30 percent.  Unfortunately, the SunOS
+\&\f(CW\*(C`dbx\*(C'\fR program can not read the resulting program (\f(CW\*(C`gdb\*(C'\fR has no
+trouble).  The \fB\-\-traditional\-format\fR switch tells \fBld\fR to not
+combine duplicate entries.
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-start\fR \fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-start sectionname=org"
+Locate a section in the output file at the absolute
+address given by \fIorg\fR.  You may use this option as many
+times as necessary to locate multiple sections in the command
+line.
+\&\fIorg\fR must be a single hexadecimal integer;
+for compatibility with other linkers, you may omit the leading
+\&\fB0x\fR usually associated with hexadecimal values.  \fINote:\fR there
+should be no white space between \fIsectionname\fR, the equals
+sign ("\fB=\fR"), and \fIorg\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-Tbss\fR \fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Tbss org"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-Tdata\fR \fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Tdata org"
+.IP "\fB\-Ttext\fR \fIorg\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-Ttext org"
+.PD
+Same as \-\-section\-start, with \f(CW\*(C`.bss\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`.data\*(C'\fR or
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.text\*(C'\fR as the \fIsectionname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols=\fR\fImethod\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unresolved-symbols=method"
+Determine how to handle unresolved symbols.  There are four possible
+values for \fBmethod\fR:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBignore-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ignore-all"
+Do not report any unresolved symbols.
+.IP "\fBreport-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "report-all"
+Report all unresolved symbols.  This is the default.
+.IP "\fBignore-in-object-files\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ignore-in-object-files"
+Report unresolved symbols that are contained in shared libraries, but
+ignore them if they come from regular object files.
+.IP "\fBignore-in-shared-libs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "ignore-in-shared-libs"
+Report unresolved symbols that come from regular object files, but
+ignore them if they come from shared libraries.  This can be useful
+when creating a dynamic binary and it is known that all the shared
+libraries that it should be referencing are included on the linker's
+command line.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The behaviour for shared libraries on their own can also be controlled
+by the \fB\-\-[no\-]allow\-shlib\-undefined\fR option.
+.Sp
+Normally the linker will generate an error message for each reported
+unresolved symbol but the option \fB\-\-warn\-unresolved\-symbols\fR
+can change this to a warning.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-dll\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dll-verbose"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Display the version number for \fBld\fR and list the linker emulations
+supported.  Display which input files can and cannot be opened.  Display
+the linker script being used by the linker.
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\-script=\fR\fIversion-scriptfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version-script=version-scriptfile"
+Specify the name of a version script to the linker.  This is typically
+used when creating shared libraries to specify additional information
+about the version hierarchy for the library being created.  This option
+is only meaningful on \s-1ELF\s0 platforms which support shared libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-common\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-common"
+Warn when a common symbol is combined with another common symbol or with
+a symbol definition.  Unix linkers allow this somewhat sloppy practise,
+but linkers on some other operating systems do not.  This option allows
+you to find potential problems from combining global symbols.
+Unfortunately, some C libraries use this practise, so you may get some
+warnings about symbols in the libraries as well as in your programs.
+.Sp
+There are three kinds of global symbols, illustrated here by C examples:
+.RS 4
+.IP "\fBint i = 1;\fR" 4
+.IX Item "int i = 1;"
+A definition, which goes in the initialized data section of the output
+file.
+.IP "\fBextern int i;\fR" 4
+.IX Item "extern int i;"
+An undefined reference, which does not allocate space.
+There must be either a definition or a common symbol for the
+variable somewhere.
+.IP "\fBint i;\fR" 4
+.IX Item "int i;"
+A common symbol.  If there are only (one or more) common symbols for a
+variable, it goes in the uninitialized data area of the output file.
+The linker merges multiple common symbols for the same variable into a
+single symbol.  If they are of different sizes, it picks the largest
+size.  The linker turns a common symbol into a declaration, if there is
+a definition of the same variable.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-warn\-common\fR option can produce five kinds of warnings.
+Each warning consists of a pair of lines: the first describes the symbol
+just encountered, and the second describes the previous symbol
+encountered with the same name.  One or both of the two symbols will be
+a common symbol.
+.IP "1." 4
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because there is already a
+definition for the symbol.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: common of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\&           overridden by definition
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: defined here
+.Ve
+.IP "2." 4
+Turning a common symbol into a reference, because a later definition for
+the symbol is encountered.  This is the same as the previous case,
+except that the symbols are encountered in a different order.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: definition of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\&           overriding common
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: common is here
+.Ve
+.IP "3." 4
+Merging a common symbol with a previous same-sized common symbol.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: multiple common
+\&           of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: previous common is here
+.Ve
+.IP "4." 4
+Merging a common symbol with a previous larger common symbol.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: common of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\&           overridden by larger common
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: larger common is here
+.Ve
+.IP "5." 4
+Merging a common symbol with a previous smaller common symbol.  This is
+the same as the previous case, except that the symbols are
+encountered in a different order.
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: common of \`<symbol>\*(Aq
+\&           overriding smaller common
+\&        <file>(<section>): warning: smaller common is here
+.Ve
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-constructors\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-constructors"
+Warn if any global constructors are used.  This is only useful for a few
+object file formats.  For formats like \s-1COFF\s0 or \s-1ELF\s0, the linker can not
+detect the use of global constructors.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-multiple\-gp\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-multiple-gp"
+Warn if multiple global pointer values are required in the output file.
+This is only meaningful for certain processors, such as the Alpha.
+Specifically, some processors put large-valued constants in a special
+section.  A special register (the global pointer) points into the middle
+of this section, so that constants can be loaded efficiently via a
+base-register relative addressing mode.  Since the offset in
+base-register relative mode is fixed and relatively small (e.g., 16
+bits), this limits the maximum size of the constant pool.  Thus, in
+large programs, it is often necessary to use multiple global pointer
+values in order to be able to address all possible constants.  This
+option causes a warning to be issued whenever this case occurs.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-once\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-once"
+Only warn once for each undefined symbol, rather than once per module
+which refers to it.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-section\-align\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-section-align"
+Warn if the address of an output section is changed because of
+alignment.  Typically, the alignment will be set by an input section.
+The address will only be changed if it not explicitly specified; that
+is, if the \f(CW\*(C`SECTIONS\*(C'\fR command does not specify a start address for
+the section.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-shared\-textrel\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-shared-textrel"
+Warn if the linker adds a \s-1DT_TEXTREL\s0 to a shared object.
+.IP "\fB\-\-warn\-unresolved\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--warn-unresolved-symbols"
+If the linker is going to report an unresolved symbol (see the option
+\&\fB\-\-unresolved\-symbols\fR) it will normally generate an error.
+This option makes it generate a warning instead.
+.IP "\fB\-\-error\-unresolved\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--error-unresolved-symbols"
+This restores the linker's default behaviour of generating errors when
+it is reporting unresolved symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--whole-archive"
+For each archive mentioned on the command line after the
+\&\fB\-\-whole\-archive\fR option, include every object file in the archive
+in the link, rather than searching the archive for the required object
+files.  This is normally used to turn an archive file into a shared
+library, forcing every object to be included in the resulting shared
+library.  This option may be used more than once.
+.Sp
+Two notes when using this option from gcc: First, gcc doesn't know
+about this option, so you have to use \fB\-Wl,\-whole\-archive\fR.
+Second, don't forget to use \fB\-Wl,\-no\-whole\-archive\fR after your
+list of archives, because gcc will add its own list of archives to
+your link and you may not want this flag to affect those as well.
+.IP "\fB\-\-wrap\fR \fIsymbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wrap symbol"
+Use a wrapper function for \fIsymbol\fR.  Any undefined reference to
+\&\fIsymbol\fR will be resolved to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR.  Any
+undefined reference to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR will be resolved to
+\&\fIsymbol\fR.
+.Sp
+This can be used to provide a wrapper for a system function.  The
+wrapper function should be called \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR.  If it
+wishes to call the system function, it should call
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_\f(CIsymbol\f(CW\*(C'\fR.
+.Sp
+Here is a trivial example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 6
+\&        void *
+\&        _\|_wrap_malloc (size_t c)
+\&        {
+\&          printf ("malloc called with %zu\en", c);
+\&          return _\|_real_malloc (c);
+\&        }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+If you link other code with this file using \fB\-\-wrap malloc\fR, then
+all calls to \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR will call the function \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_malloc\*(C'\fR
+instead.  The call to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_malloc\*(C'\fR in \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_malloc\*(C'\fR will
+call the real \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR function.
+.Sp
+You may wish to provide a \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_malloc\*(C'\fR function as well, so that
+links without the \fB\-\-wrap\fR option will succeed.  If you do this,
+you should not put the definition of \f(CW\*(C`_\|_real_malloc\*(C'\fR in the same
+file as \f(CW\*(C`_\|_wrap_malloc\*(C'\fR; if you do, the assembler may resolve the
+call before the linker has a chance to wrap it to \f(CW\*(C`malloc\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-eh\-frame\-hdr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--eh-frame-hdr"
+Request creation of \f(CW\*(C`.eh_frame_hdr\*(C'\fR section and \s-1ELF\s0
+\&\f(CW\*(C`PT_GNU_EH_FRAME\*(C'\fR segment header.
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-new\-dtags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-new-dtags"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-new\-dtags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-new-dtags"
+.PD
+This linker can create the new dynamic tags in \s-1ELF\s0. But the older \s-1ELF\s0
+systems may not understand them. If you specify
+\&\fB\-\-enable\-new\-dtags\fR, the dynamic tags will be created as needed.
+If you specify \fB\-\-disable\-new\-dtags\fR, no new dynamic tags will be
+created. By default, the new dynamic tags are not created. Note that
+those options are only available for \s-1ELF\s0 systems.
+.IP "\fB\-\-hash\-size=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--hash-size=number"
+Set the default size of the linker's hash tables to a prime number
+close to \fInumber\fR.  Increasing this value can reduce the length of
+time it takes the linker to perform its tasks, at the expense of
+increasing the linker's memory requirements.  Similarly reducing this
+value can reduce the memory requirements at the expense of speed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-hash\-style=\fR\fIstyle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--hash-style=style"
+Set the type of linker's hash table(s).  \fIstyle\fR can be either
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR for classic \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR section, \f(CW\*(C`gnu\*(C'\fR for
+new style \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR section or \f(CW\*(C`both\*(C'\fR for both
+the classic \s-1ELF\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.hash\*(C'\fR and new style \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CW\*(C`.gnu.hash\*(C'\fR
+hash tables.  The default is \f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reduce-memory-overheads"
+This option reduces memory requirements at ld runtime, at the expense of
+linking speed.  This was introduced to select the old O(n^2) algorithm
+for link map file generation, rather than the new O(n) algorithm which uses
+about 40% more memory for symbol storage.
+.Sp
+Another effect of the switch is to set the default hash table size to
+1021, which again saves memory at the cost of lengthening the linker's
+run time.  This is not done however if the \fB\-\-hash\-size\fR switch
+has been used.
+.Sp
+The \fB\-\-reduce\-memory\-overheads\fR switch may be also be used to
+enable other tradeoffs in future versions of the linker.
+.PP
+The i386 \s-1PE\s0 linker supports the \fB\-shared\fR option, which causes
+the output to be a dynamically linked library (\s-1DLL\s0) instead of a
+normal executable.  You should name the output \f(CW\*(C`*.dll\*(C'\fR when you
+use this option.  In addition, the linker fully supports the standard
+\&\f(CW\*(C`*.def\*(C'\fR files, which may be specified on the linker command line
+like an object file (in fact, it should precede archives it exports
+symbols from, to ensure that they get linked in, just like a normal
+object file).
+.PP
+In addition to the options common to all targets, the i386 \s-1PE\s0 linker
+support additional command line options that are specific to the i386
+\&\s-1PE\s0 target.  Options that take values may be separated from their
+values by either a space or an equals sign.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-stdcall-alias"
+If given, symbols with a stdcall suffix (@\fInn\fR) will be exported
+as-is and also with the suffix stripped.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-base\-file\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--base-file file"
+Use \fIfile\fR as the name of a file in which to save the base
+addresses of all the relocations needed for generating DLLs with
+\&\fIdlltool\fR.
+[This is an i386 \s-1PE\s0 specific option]
+.IP "\fB\-\-dll\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dll"
+Create a \s-1DLL\s0 instead of a regular executable.  You may also use
+\&\fB\-shared\fR or specify a \f(CW\*(C`LIBRARY\*(C'\fR in a given \f(CW\*(C`.def\*(C'\fR
+file.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-stdcall-fixup"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-stdcall-fixup"
+.PD
+If the link finds a symbol that it cannot resolve, it will attempt to
+do \*(L"fuzzy linking\*(R" by looking for another defined symbol that differs
+only in the format of the symbol name (cdecl vs stdcall) and will
+resolve that symbol by linking to the match.  For example, the
+undefined symbol \f(CW\*(C`_foo\*(C'\fR might be linked to the function
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_foo@12\*(C'\fR, or the undefined symbol \f(CW\*(C`_bar@16\*(C'\fR might be linked
+to the function \f(CW\*(C`_bar\*(C'\fR.  When the linker does this, it prints a
+warning, since it normally should have failed to link, but sometimes
+import libraries generated from third-party dlls may need this feature
+to be usable.  If you specify \fB\-\-enable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR, this
+feature is fully enabled and warnings are not printed.  If you specify
+\&\fB\-\-disable\-stdcall\-fixup\fR, this feature is disabled and such
+mismatches are considered to be errors.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--export-all-symbols"
+If given, all global symbols in the objects used to build a \s-1DLL\s0 will
+be exported by the \s-1DLL\s0.  Note that this is the default if there
+otherwise wouldn't be any exported symbols.  When symbols are
+explicitly exported via \s-1DEF\s0 files or implicitly exported via function
+attributes, the default is to not export anything else unless this
+option is given.  Note that the symbols \f(CW\*(C`DllMain@12\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`DllEntryPoint@0\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`DllMainCRTStartup@12\*(C'\fR, and
+\&\f(CW\*(C`impure_ptr\*(C'\fR will not be automatically
+exported.  Also, symbols imported from other DLLs will not be
+re-exported, nor will symbols specifying the \s-1DLL\s0's internal layout
+such as those beginning with \f(CW\*(C`_head_\*(C'\fR or ending with
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_iname\*(C'\fR.  In addition, no symbols from \f(CW\*(C`libgcc\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`libstd++\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`libmingw32\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`crtX.o\*(C'\fR will be exported.
+Symbols whose names begin with \f(CW\*(C`_\|_rtti_\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`_\|_builtin_\*(C'\fR will
+not be exported, to help with \*(C+ DLLs.  Finally, there is an
+extensive list of cygwin-private symbols that are not exported
+(obviously, this applies on when building DLLs for cygwin targets).
+These cygwin-excludes are: \f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_dll_entry@12\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_crt0_common@8\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_cygwin_noncygwin_dll_entry@12\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_fmode\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`_impure_ptr\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_attach_dll\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain0\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain1\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain2\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`cygwin_premain3\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`environ\*(C'\fR.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR \fIsymbol\fR\fB,\fR\fIsymbol\fR\fB,...\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--exclude-symbols symbol,symbol,..."
+Specifies a list of symbols which should not be automatically
+exported.  The symbol names may be delimited by commas or colons.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-alignment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-alignment"
+Specify the file alignment.  Sections in the file will always begin at
+file offsets which are multiples of this number.  This defaults to
+512.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--heap reserve"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--heap reserve,commit"
+.PD
+Specify the amount of memory to reserve (and optionally commit) to be
+used as heap for this program.  The default is 1Mb reserved, 4K
+committed.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-image\-base\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--image-base value"
+Use \fIvalue\fR as the base address of your program or dll.  This is
+the lowest memory location that will be used when your program or dll
+is loaded.  To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance of
+your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not overlap any
+other dlls.  The default is 0x400000 for executables, and 0x10000000
+for dlls.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-kill\-at\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--kill-at"
+If given, the stdcall suffixes (@\fInn\fR) will be stripped from
+symbols before they are exported.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-large\-address\-aware\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--large-address-aware"
+If given, the appropriate bit in the \*(L"Characteristics\*(R" field of the \s-1COFF\s0
+header is set to indicate that this executable supports virtual addresses
+greater than 2 gigabytes.  This should be used in conjunction with the /3GB
+or /USERVA=\fIvalue\fR megabytes switch in the \*(L"[operating systems]\*(R"
+section of the \s-1BOOT\s0.INI.  Otherwise, this bit has no effect.
+[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targeted ports of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-major\-image\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--major-image-version value"
+Sets the major number of the \*(L"image version\*(R".  Defaults to 1.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-major\-os\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--major-os-version value"
+Sets the major number of the \*(L"os version\*(R".  Defaults to 4.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-major\-subsystem\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--major-subsystem-version value"
+Sets the major number of the \*(L"subsystem version\*(R".  Defaults to 4.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-minor\-image\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--minor-image-version value"
+Sets the minor number of the \*(L"image version\*(R".  Defaults to 0.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-minor\-os\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--minor-os-version value"
+Sets the minor number of the \*(L"os version\*(R".  Defaults to 0.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-minor\-subsystem\-version\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--minor-subsystem-version value"
+Sets the minor number of the \*(L"subsystem version\*(R".  Defaults to 0.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-def\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-def file"
+The linker will create the file \fIfile\fR which will contain a \s-1DEF\s0
+file corresponding to the \s-1DLL\s0 the linker is generating.  This \s-1DEF\s0 file
+(which should be called \f(CW\*(C`*.def\*(C'\fR) may be used to create an import
+library with \f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR or may be used as a reference to
+automatically or implicitly exported symbols.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-out\-implib\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--out-implib file"
+The linker will create the file \fIfile\fR which will contain an
+import lib corresponding to the \s-1DLL\s0 the linker is generating. This
+import lib (which should be called \f(CW\*(C`*.dll.a\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`*.a\*(C'\fR
+may be used to link clients against the generated \s-1DLL\s0; this behaviour
+makes it possible to skip a separate \f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR import library
+creation step.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-auto\-image\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-auto-image-base"
+Automatically choose the image base for DLLs, unless one is specified
+using the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-image\-base\*(C'\fR argument.  By using a hash generated
+from the dllname to create unique image bases for each \s-1DLL\s0, in-memory
+collisions and relocations which can delay program execution are
+avoided.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-auto\-image\-base\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-auto-image-base"
+Do not automatically generate a unique image base.  If there is no
+user-specified image base (\f(CW\*(C`\-\-image\-base\*(C'\fR) then use the platform
+default.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-dll\-search\-prefix\fR \fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dll-search-prefix string"
+When linking dynamically to a dll without an import library,
+search for \f(CW\*(C`<string><basename>.dll\*(C'\fR in preference to
+\&\f(CW\*(C`lib<basename>.dll\*(C'\fR. This behaviour allows easy distinction
+between DLLs built for the various \*(L"subplatforms\*(R": native, cygwin,
+uwin, pw, etc.  For instance, cygwin DLLs typically use
+\&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-dll\-search\-prefix=cyg\*(C'\fR.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-auto\-import\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-auto-import"
+Do sophisticated linking of \f(CW\*(C`_symbol\*(C'\fR to \f(CW\*(C`_\|_imp_\|_symbol\*(C'\fR for
+\&\s-1DATA\s0 imports from DLLs, and create the necessary thunking symbols when
+building the import libraries with those \s-1DATA\s0 exports. Note: Use of the
+\&'auto\-import' extension will cause the text section of the image file
+to be made writable. This does not conform to the PE-COFF format
+specification published by Microsoft.
+.Sp
+Using 'auto\-import' generally will 'just work' \*(-- but sometimes you may
+see this message:
+.Sp
+"variable '<var>' can't be auto-imported. Please read the
+documentation for ld's \f(CW\*(C`\-\-enable\-auto\-import\*(C'\fR for details."
+.Sp
+This message occurs when some (sub)expression accesses an address
+ultimately given by the sum of two constants (Win32 import tables only
+allow one).  Instances where this may occur include accesses to member 
+fields of struct variables imported from a \s-1DLL\s0, as well as using a 
+constant index into an array variable imported from a \s-1DLL\s0.  Any 
+multiword variable (arrays, structs, long long, etc) may trigger
+this error condition.  However, regardless of the exact data type
+of the offending exported variable, ld will always detect it, issue
+the warning, and exit.
+.Sp
+There are several ways to address this difficulty, regardless of the
+data type of the exported variable:
+.Sp
+One way is to use \-\-enable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc switch. This leaves the task
+of adjusting references in your client code for runtime environment, so
+this method works only when runtime environment supports this feature.
+.Sp
+A second solution is to force one of the 'constants' to be a variable \*(-- 
+that is, unknown and un-optimizable at compile time.  For arrays, 
+there are two possibilities: a) make the indexee (the array's address) 
+a variable, or b) make the 'constant' index a variable.  Thus:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        extern type extern_array[];
+\&        extern_array[1] \-\-> 
+\&           { volatile type *t=extern_array; t[1] }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+or
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        extern type extern_array[];
+\&        extern_array[1] \-\-> 
+\&           { volatile int t=1; extern_array[t] }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+For structs (and most other multiword data types) the only option 
+is to make the struct itself (or the long long, or the ...) variable:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        extern struct s extern_struct;
+\&        extern_struct.field \-\-> 
+\&           { volatile struct s *t=&extern_struct; t\->field }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+or
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&        extern long long extern_ll;
+\&        extern_ll \-\->
+\&          { volatile long long * local_ll=&extern_ll; *local_ll }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+A third method of dealing with this difficulty is to abandon
+\&'auto\-import' for the offending symbol and mark it with 
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_declspec(dllimport)\*(C'\fR.  However, in practise that
+requires using compile-time #defines to indicate whether you are
+building a \s-1DLL\s0, building client code that will link to the \s-1DLL\s0, or 
+merely building/linking to a static library.   In making the choice 
+between the various methods of resolving the 'direct address with 
+constant offset' problem, you should consider typical real-world usage:
+.Sp
+Original:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\&        \-\-foo.h
+\&        extern int arr[];
+\&        \-\-foo.c
+\&        #include "foo.h"
+\&        void main(int argc, char **argv){
+\&          printf("%d\en",arr[1]);
+\&        }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Solution 1:
+.Sp
+.Vb 9
+\&        \-\-foo.h
+\&        extern int arr[];
+\&        \-\-foo.c
+\&        #include "foo.h"
+\&        void main(int argc, char **argv){
+\&          /* This workaround is for win32 and cygwin; do not "optimize" */
+\&          volatile int *parr = arr;
+\&          printf("%d\en",parr[1]);
+\&        }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+Solution 2:
+.Sp
+.Vb 10
+\&        \-\-foo.h
+\&        /* Note: auto\-export is assumed (no _\|_declspec(dllexport)) */
+\&        #if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(_\|_CYGWIN_\|_)) && \e
+\&          !(defined(FOO_BUILD_DLL) || defined(FOO_STATIC))
+\&        #define FOO_IMPORT _\|_declspec(dllimport)
+\&        #else
+\&        #define FOO_IMPORT
+\&        #endif
+\&        extern FOO_IMPORT int arr[];
+\&        \-\-foo.c
+\&        #include "foo.h"
+\&        void main(int argc, char **argv){
+\&          printf("%d\en",arr[1]);
+\&        }
+.Ve
+.Sp
+A fourth way to avoid this problem is to re-code your 
+library to use a functional interface rather than a data interface
+for the offending variables (e.g. \fIset_foo()\fR and \fIget_foo()\fR accessor
+functions).
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-auto\-import\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-auto-import"
+Do not attempt to do sophisticated linking of \f(CW\*(C`_symbol\*(C'\fR to 
+\&\f(CW\*(C`_\|_imp_\|_symbol\*(C'\fR for \s-1DATA\s0 imports from DLLs.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-runtime-pseudo-reloc"
+If your code contains expressions described in \-\-enable\-auto\-import section,
+that is, \s-1DATA\s0 imports from \s-1DLL\s0 with non-zero offset, this switch will create
+a vector of 'runtime pseudo relocations' which can be used by runtime
+environment to adjust references to such data in your client code. 
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-runtime\-pseudo\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disable-runtime-pseudo-reloc"
+Do not create pseudo relocations for non-zero offset \s-1DATA\s0 imports from
+DLLs.  This is the default.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-extra\-pe\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--enable-extra-pe-debug"
+Show additional debug info related to auto-import symbol thunking.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-alignment\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-alignment"
+Sets the section alignment.  Sections in memory will always begin at
+addresses which are a multiple of this number.  Defaults to 0x1000.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stack reserve"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stack reserve,commit"
+.PD
+Specify the amount of memory to reserve (and optionally commit) to be
+used as stack for this program.  The default is 2Mb reserved, 4K
+committed.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which:major"
+.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR\fB.\fR\fIminor\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--subsystem which:major.minor"
+.PD
+Specifies the subsystem under which your program will execute.  The
+legal values for \fIwhich\fR are \f(CW\*(C`native\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`windows\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`console\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`xbox\*(C'\fR.  You may optionally set
+the subsystem version also.  Numeric values are also accepted for
+\&\fIwhich\fR.
+[This option is specific to the i386 \s-1PE\s0 targeted port of the linker]
+.PP
+The 68HC11 and 68HC12 linkers support specific options to control the
+memory bank switching mapping and trampoline code generation.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-trampoline\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-trampoline"
+This option disables the generation of trampoline. By default a trampoline
+is generated for each far function which is called using a \f(CW\*(C`jsr\*(C'\fR
+instruction (this happens when a pointer to a far function is taken).
+.IP "\fB\-\-bank\-window\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--bank-window name"
+This option indicates to the linker the name of the memory region in
+the \fB\s-1MEMORY\s0\fR specification that describes the memory bank window.
+The definition of such region is then used by the linker to compute
+paging and addresses within the memory window.
+.SH "ENVIRONMENT"
+.IX Header "ENVIRONMENT"
+You can change the behaviour of \fBld\fR with the environment variables
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\*(C'\fR.
+.PP
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR determines the input-file object format if you don't
+use \fB\-b\fR (or its synonym \fB\-\-format\fR).  Its value should be one
+of the \s-1BFD\s0 names for an input format.  If there is no
+\&\f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR in the environment, \fBld\fR uses the natural format
+of the target. If \f(CW\*(C`GNUTARGET\*(C'\fR is set to \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR then \s-1BFD\s0
+attempts to discover the input format by examining binary input files;
+this method often succeeds, but there are potential ambiguities, since
+there is no method of ensuring that the magic number used to specify
+object-file formats is unique.  However, the configuration procedure for
+\&\s-1BFD\s0 on each system places the conventional format for that system first
+in the search-list, so ambiguities are resolved in favor of convention.
+.PP
+\&\f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR determines the default emulation if you don't use the
+\&\fB\-m\fR option.  The emulation can affect various aspects of linker
+behaviour, particularly the default linker script.  You can list the
+available emulations with the \fB\-\-verbose\fR or \fB\-V\fR options.  If
+the \fB\-m\fR option is not used, and the \f(CW\*(C`LDEMULATION\*(C'\fR environment
+variable is not defined, the default emulation depends upon how the
+linker was configured.
+.PP
+Normally, the linker will default to demangling symbols.  However, if
+\&\f(CW\*(C`COLLECT_NO_DEMANGLE\*(C'\fR is set in the environment, then it will
+default to not demangling symbols.  This environment variable is used in
+a similar fashion by the \f(CW\*(C`gcc\*(C'\fR linker wrapper program.  The default
+may be overridden by the \fB\-\-demangle\fR and \fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR
+options.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjcopy\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1) and
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR and
+\&\fIld\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001,
+2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/nm/nm.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/nm/nm.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e94e472f21aa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/nm/nm.1
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "NM 1"
+.TH NM 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+nm \- list symbols from object files
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+nm [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR] [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR]
+   [\fB\-B\fR] [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]] [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\fR]
+   [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-print\-size\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR]
+   [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR][\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR]
+   [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR]
+   [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR] [\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR] [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR]
+   [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR] [\fB\-P\fR|\fB\-\-portability\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-f\fR\fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR]
+   [\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR] [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR]
+   [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fB\-X 32_64\fR] [\fB\-\-help\fR]  [\fIobjfile\fR...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR lists the symbols from object files \fIobjfile\fR....
+If no object files are listed as arguments, \fBnm\fR assumes the file
+\&\fIa.out\fR.
+.PP
+For each symbol, \fBnm\fR shows:
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or
+hexadecimal by default.
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The symbol type.  At least the following types are used; others are, as
+well, depending on the object file format.  If lowercase, the symbol is
+local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external).
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """A""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWA\fR" 4
+.IX Item "A"
+The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further
+linking.
+.ie n .IP """B""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "B"
+The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as \s-1BSS\s0).
+.ie n .IP """C""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4
+.IX Item "C"
+The symbol is common.  Common symbols are uninitialized data.  When
+linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name.  If the
+symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined
+references.
+.ie n .IP """D""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4
+.IX Item "D"
+The symbol is in the initialized data section.
+.ie n .IP """G""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWG\fR" 4
+.IX Item "G"
+The symbol is in an initialized data section for small objects.  Some
+object file formats permit more efficient access to small data objects,
+such as a global int variable as opposed to a large global array.
+.ie n .IP """I""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 4
+.IX Item "I"
+The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol.  This is a \s-1GNU\s0
+extension to the a.out object file format which is rarely used.
+.ie n .IP """N""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWN\fR" 4
+.IX Item "N"
+The symbol is a debugging symbol.
+.ie n .IP """R""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWR\fR" 4
+.IX Item "R"
+The symbol is in a read only data section.
+.ie n .IP """S""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWS\fR" 4
+.IX Item "S"
+The symbol is in an uninitialized data section for small objects.
+.ie n .IP """T""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWT\fR" 4
+.IX Item "T"
+The symbol is in the text (code) section.
+.ie n .IP """U""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWU\fR" 4
+.IX Item "U"
+The symbol is undefined.
+.ie n .IP """V""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWV\fR" 4
+.IX Item "V"
+The symbol is a weak object.  When a weak defined symbol is linked with
+a normal defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
+When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
+the value of the weak symbol becomes zero with no error.
+.ie n .IP """W""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "W"
+The symbol is a weak symbol that has not been specifically tagged as a
+weak object symbol.  When a weak defined symbol is linked with a normal
+defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
+When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
+the value of the symbol is determined in a system-specific manner without
+error.  On some systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been
+specified.
+.ie n .IP """\-""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-"
+The symbol is a stabs symbol in an a.out object file.  In this case, the
+next values printed are the stabs other field, the stabs desc field, and
+the stab type.  Stabs symbols are used to hold debugging information.
+.ie n .IP """?""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CW?\fR" 4
+.IX Item "?"
+The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.RE
+.IP "\(bu" 4
+The symbol name.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o"
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-file-name"
+.PD
+Precede each symbol by the name of the input file (or archive member)
+in which it was found, rather than identifying the input file once only,
+before all of its symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debug-syms"
+.PD
+Display all symbols, even debugger-only symbols; normally these are not
+listed.
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-B"
+The same as \fB\-\-format=bsd\fR (for compatibility with the \s-1MIPS\s0 \fBnm\fR).
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
+mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
+choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-demangle"
+Do not demangle low-level symbol names.  This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic"
+.PD
+Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols.  This is
+only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f format"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--format=format"
+.PD
+Use the output format \fIformat\fR, which can be \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR,
+\&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR.  The default is \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR.
+Only the first character of \fIformat\fR is significant; it can be
+either upper or lower case.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--extern-only"
+.PD
+Display only external symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--line-numbers"
+.PD
+For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and
+line number.  For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the
+address of the symbol.  For an undefined symbol, look for the line
+number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol.  If line number
+information can be found, print it after the other symbol information.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.IP "\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--numeric-sort"
+.PD
+Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, rather than alphabetically
+by their names.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-sort"
+.PD
+Do not bother to sort the symbols in any order; print them in the order
+encountered.
+.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-P"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-portability\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--portability"
+.PD
+Use the \s-1POSIX\s0.2 standard output format instead of the default format.
+Equivalent to \fB\-f posix\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-size\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-size"
+.PD
+Print size, not the value, of defined symbols for the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output format.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-armap"
+.PD
+When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping
+(stored in the archive by \fBar\fR or \fBranlib\fR) of which modules
+contain definitions for which names.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reverse-sort"
+.PD
+Reverse the order of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the
+last come first.
+.IP "\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--size-sort"
+Sort symbols by size.  The size is computed as the difference between
+the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher
+value.  If the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output format is used the size of the symbol
+is printed, rather than the value, and \fB\-S\fR must be used in order
+both size and value to be printed.
+.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--special-syms"
+Display symbols which have a target-specific special meaning.  These
+symbols are usually used by the target for some special processing and
+are not normally helpful when included included in the normal symbol
+lists.  For example for \s-1ARM\s0 targets this option would skip the mapping
+symbols used to mark transitions between \s-1ARM\s0 code, \s-1THUMB\s0 code and
+data.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t radix"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--radix=radix"
+.PD
+Use \fIradix\fR as the radix for printing the symbol values.  It must be
+\&\fBd\fR for decimal, \fBo\fR for octal, or \fBx\fR for hexadecimal.
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--undefined-only"
+.PD
+Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file).
+.IP "\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--defined-only"
+Display only defined symbols for each object file.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number of \fBnm\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+This option is ignored for compatibility with the \s-1AIX\s0 version of
+\&\fBnm\fR.  It takes one parameter which must be the string
+\&\fB32_64\fR.  The default mode of \s-1AIX\s0 \fBnm\fR corresponds
+to \fB\-X 32\fR, which is not supported by \s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of the options to \fBnm\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/objcopy/objcopy.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/objcopy/objcopy.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..bf4501711c64
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/objcopy/objcopy.1
@@ -0,0 +1,858 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "OBJCOPY 1"
+.TH OBJCOPY 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+objcopy \- copy and translate object files
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+        [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+        [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+        [\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR|\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR]
+        [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR]
+        [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR]
+        [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+        [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+        [\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR]
+        [\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+        [\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+        [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wildcard\fR]
+        [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR]
+        [\fB\-X\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR]
+        [\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR|\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR]
+        [\fB\-i\fR \fIinterleave\fR|\fB\-\-interleave=\fR\fIinterleave\fR]
+        [\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionname\fR|\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR]
+        [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR|\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR]
+        [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-debugging\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-gap\-fill=\fR\fIval\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-pad\-to=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-set\-start=\fR\fIval\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fR\fIincr\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-change\-addresses=\fR\fIincr\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsection\fR=\fIflags\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR=\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR=\fInewname\fR[,\fIflags\fR]]
+        [\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR] [\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR] [\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-weaken\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-writable\-text\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-pure\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-impure\fR]
+        [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-verbose\fR]
+        [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR]
+        \fIinfile\fR [\fIoutfile\fR]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBobjcopy\fR utility copies the contents of an object
+file to another.  \fBobjcopy\fR uses the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1BFD\s0 Library to
+read and write the object files.  It can write the destination object
+file in a format different from that of the source object file.  The
+exact behavior of \fBobjcopy\fR is controlled by command-line options.
+Note that \fBobjcopy\fR should be able to copy a fully linked file
+between any two formats. However, copying a relocatable object file
+between any two formats may not work as expected.
+.PP
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR creates temporary files to do its translations and
+deletes them afterward.  \fBobjcopy\fR uses \s-1BFD\s0 to do all its
+translation work; it has access to all the formats described in \s-1BFD\s0
+and thus is able to recognize most formats without being told
+explicitly.
+.PP
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR can be used to generate S\-records by using an output
+target of \fBsrec\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O srec\fR).
+.PP
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an
+output target of \fBbinary\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O binary\fR).  When
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce
+a memory dump of the contents of the input object file.  All symbols and
+relocation information will be discarded.  The memory dump will start at
+the load address of the lowest section copied into the output file.
+.PP
+When generating an S\-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to
+use \fB\-S\fR to remove sections containing debugging information.  In
+some cases \fB\-R\fR will be useful to remove sections which contain
+information that is not needed by the binary file.
+.PP
+Note\-\-\-\fBobjcopy\fR is not able to change the endianness of its input
+files.  If the input format has an endianness (some formats do not),
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the
+same endianness or which have no endianness (e.g., \fBsrec\fR).
+(However, see the \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes\fR option.)
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fIinfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "infile"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fIoutfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "outfile"
+.PD
+The input and output files, respectively.
+If you do not specify \fIoutfile\fR, \fBobjcopy\fR creates a
+temporary file and destructively renames the result with
+the name of \fIinfile\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Consider the source file's object format to be \fIbfdname\fR, rather than
+attempting to deduce it.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Write the output file using the object format \fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Use \fIbfdname\fR as the object format for both the input and the output
+file; i.e., simply transfer data from source to destination with no
+translation.
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-B bfdarch"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--binary-architecture=bfdarch"
+.PD
+Useful when transforming a raw binary input file into an object file.
+In this case the output architecture can be set to \fIbfdarch\fR. This
+option will be ignored if the input file has a known \fIbfdarch\fR. You
+can access this binary data inside a program by referencing the special
+symbols that are created by the conversion process.  These symbols are
+called _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_start, _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_end and
+_binary_\fIobjfile\fR_size.  e.g. you can transform a picture file into
+an object file and then access it in your code using these symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-j sectionname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--only-section=sectionname"
+.PD
+Copy only the named section from the input file to the output file.
+This option may be given more than once.  Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R sectionname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname"
+.PD
+Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file.  This
+option may be given more than once.  Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-all"
+.PD
+Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-debug"
+.PD
+Do not copy debugging symbols or sections from the source file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded"
+Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-K symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would
+normally be stripped.  This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file.  This option
+may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbol=symbolname"
+Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file unless it is needed
+by a relocation.  This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-global-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Keep only symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global.  Make all other symbols local
+to the file, so that they are not visible externally.  This option may
+be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--localize-hidden"
+In an \s-1ELF\s0 object, mark all symbols that have hidden or internal visibility
+as local.  This option applies on top of symbol-specific localization options
+such as \fB\-L\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-L symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--localize-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR local to the file, so that it is not
+visible externally.  This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--weaken-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR weak. This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--globalize-symbol=symbolname"
+Give symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global scoping so that it is visible
+outside of the file in which it is defined.  This option may be given
+more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wildcard"
+.PD
+Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command
+line options.  The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\e) and
+square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
+name.  If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
+point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\&          \-w \-W !foo \-W fo*
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would cause objcopy to weaken all symbols that start with \*(L"fo\*(R"
+except for the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R".
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-all"
+.PD
+Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-locals"
+.PD
+Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols.
+(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.)
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b byte"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--byte=byte"
+.PD
+Keep only every \fIbyte\fRth byte of the input file (header data is not
+affected).  \fIbyte\fR can be in the range from 0 to \fIinterleave\fR\-1,
+where \fIinterleave\fR is given by the \fB\-i\fR or \fB\-\-interleave\fR
+option, or the default of 4.  This option is useful for creating files
+to program \s-1ROM\s0.  It is typically used with an \f(CW\*(C`srec\*(C'\fR output
+target.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIinterleave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i interleave"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-interleave=\fR\fIinterleave\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--interleave=interleave"
+.PD
+Only copy one out of every \fIinterleave\fR bytes.  Select which byte to
+copy with the \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-\-byte\fR option.  The default is 4.
+\&\fBobjcopy\fR ignores this option if you do not specify either \fB\-b\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-byte\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--preserve-dates"
+.PD
+Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same
+as those of the input file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debugging"
+Convert debugging information, if possible.  This is not the default
+because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the
+conversion process can be time consuming.
+.IP "\fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--gap-fill val"
+Fill gaps between sections with \fIval\fR.  This operation applies to
+the \fIload address\fR (\s-1LMA\s0) of the sections.  It is done by increasing
+the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra
+space created with \fIval\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-pad\-to\fR \fIaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pad-to address"
+Pad the output file up to the load address \fIaddress\fR.  This is
+done by increasing the size of the last section.  The extra space is
+filled in with the value specified by \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR (default zero).
+.IP "\fB\-\-set\-start\fR \fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--set-start val"
+Set the start address of the new file to \fIval\fR.  Not all object file
+formats support setting the start address.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-start incr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-start incr"
+.PD
+Change the start address by adding \fIincr\fR.  Not all object file
+formats support setting the start address.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-addresses incr"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-vma incr"
+.PD
+Change the \s-1VMA\s0 and \s-1LMA\s0 addresses of all sections, as well as the start
+address, by adding \fIincr\fR.  Some object file formats do not permit
+section addresses to be changed arbitrarily.  Note that this does not
+relocate the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a
+certain address, and this option is used to change the sections such
+that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-section-address section{=,+,-}val"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-section-vma section{=,+,-}val"
+.PD
+Set or change both the \s-1VMA\s0 address and the \s-1LMA\s0 address of the named
+\&\fIsection\fR.  If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to
+\&\fIval\fR.  Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the
+section address.  See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR,
+above. If \fIsection\fR does not exist in the input file, a warning will
+be issued, unless \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-section-lma section{=,+,-}val"
+Set or change the \s-1LMA\s0 address of the named \fIsection\fR.  The \s-1LMA\s0
+address is the address where the section will be loaded into memory at
+program load time.  Normally this is the same as the \s-1VMA\s0 address, which
+is the address of the section at program run time, but on some systems,
+especially those where a program is held in \s-1ROM\s0, the two can be
+different.  If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to
+\&\fIval\fR.  Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the
+section address.  See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR,
+above.  If \fIsection\fR does not exist in the input file, a warning
+will be issued, unless \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsection\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-section-vma section{=,+,-}val"
+Set or change the \s-1VMA\s0 address of the named \fIsection\fR.  The \s-1VMA\s0
+address is the address where the section will be located once the
+program has started executing.  Normally this is the same as the \s-1LMA\s0
+address, which is the address where the section will be loaded into
+memory, but on some systems, especially those where a program is held in
+\&\s-1ROM\s0, the two can be different.  If \fB=\fR is used, the section address
+is set to \fIval\fR.  Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted
+from the section address.  See the comments under
+\&\fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR, above.  If \fIsection\fR does not exist in
+the input file, a warning will be issued, unless
+\&\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-warnings"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-warnings"
+.PD
+If \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or \fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR is used, and the named section does not
+exist, issue a warning.  This is the default.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-change-warnings"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-adjust-warnings"
+.PD
+Do not issue a warning if \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-lma\fR or \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR is used, even
+if the named section does not exist.
+.IP "\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsection\fR\fB=\fR\fIflags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--set-section-flags section=flags"
+Set the flags for the named section.  The \fIflags\fR argument is a
+comma separated string of flag names.  The recognized names are
+\&\fBalloc\fR, \fBcontents\fR, \fBload\fR, \fBnoload\fR,
+\&\fBreadonly\fR, \fBcode\fR, \fBdata\fR, \fBrom\fR, \fBshare\fR, and
+\&\fBdebug\fR.  You can set the \fBcontents\fR flag for a section which
+does not have contents, but it is not meaningful to clear the
+\&\fBcontents\fR flag of a section which does have contents\*(--just remove
+the section instead.  Not all flags are meaningful for all object file
+formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-section sectionname=filename"
+Add a new section named \fIsectionname\fR while copying the file.  The
+contents of the new section are taken from the file \fIfilename\fR.  The
+size of the section will be the size of the file.  This option only
+works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary names.
+.IP "\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR\fB=\fR\fInewname\fR\fB[,\fR\fIflags\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--rename-section oldname=newname[,flags]"
+Rename a section from \fIoldname\fR to \fInewname\fR, optionally
+changing the section's flags to \fIflags\fR in the process.  This has
+the advantage over usng a linker script to perform the rename in that
+the output stays as an object file and does not become a linked
+executable.
+.Sp
+This option is particularly helpful when the input format is binary,
+since this will always create a section called .data.  If for example,
+you wanted instead to create a section called .rodata containing binary
+data you could use the following command line to achieve it:
+.Sp
+.Vb 3
+\&          objcopy \-I binary \-O <output_format> \-B <architecture> \e
+\&           \-\-rename\-section .data=.rodata,alloc,load,readonly,data,contents \e
+\&           <input_binary_file> <output_object_file>
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--change-leading-char"
+Some object file formats use special characters at the start of
+symbols.  The most common such character is underscore, which compilers
+often add before every symbol.  This option tells \fBobjcopy\fR to
+change the leading character of every symbol when it converts between
+object file formats.  If the object file formats use the same leading
+character, this option has no effect.  Otherwise, it will add a
+character, or remove a character, or change a character, as
+appropriate.
+.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--remove-leading-char"
+If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading
+character used by the object file format, remove the character.  The
+most common symbol leading character is underscore.  This option will
+remove a leading underscore from all global symbols.  This can be useful
+if you want to link together objects of different file formats with
+different conventions for symbol names.  This is different from
+\&\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR because it always changes the symbol name
+when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output
+file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reverse-bytes=num"
+Reverse the bytes in a section with output contents.  A section length must
+be evenly divisible by the value given in order for the swap to be able to
+take place. Reversing takes place before the interleaving is performed.
+.Sp
+This option is used typically in generating \s-1ROM\s0 images for problematic
+target systems.  For example, on some target boards, the 32\-bit words
+fetched from 8\-bit ROMs are re-assembled in little-endian byte order
+regardless of the \s-1CPU\s0 byte order.  Depending on the programming model, the
+endianness of the \s-1ROM\s0 may need to be modified.
+.Sp
+Consider a simple file with a section containing the following eight
+bytes:  \f(CW12345678\fR.
+.Sp
+Using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=2\fR for the above example, the bytes in the
+output file would be ordered \f(CW21436587\fR.
+.Sp
+Using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=4\fR for the above example, the bytes in the
+output file would be ordered \f(CW43218765\fR.
+.Sp
+By using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=2\fR for the above example, followed by
+\&\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=4\fR on the output file, the bytes in the second
+output file would be ordered \f(CW34127856\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--srec-len=ival"
+Meaningful only for srec output.  Set the maximum length of the Srecords
+being produced to \fIival\fR.  This length covers both address, data and
+crc fields.
+.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--srec-forceS3"
+Meaningful only for srec output.  Avoid generation of S1/S2 records,
+creating S3\-only record format.
+.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--redefine-sym old=new"
+Change the name of a symbol \fIold\fR, to \fInew\fR.  This can be useful
+when one is trying link two things together for which you have no
+source, and there are name collisions.
+.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--redefine-syms=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR to each symbol pair "\fIold\fR \fInew\fR"
+listed in the file \fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file,
+with one symbol pair per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash
+character.  This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--weaken"
+Change all global symbols in the file to be weak.  This can be useful
+when building an object which will be linked against other objects using
+the \fB\-R\fR option to the linker.  This option is only effective when
+using an object file format which supports weak symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-keep\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-strip\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in
+the file \fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash
+character.  This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-global-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the
+file \fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
+symbol name per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash
+character.  This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--localize-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-localize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--globalize-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-globalize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--weaken-symbols=filename"
+Apply \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
+\&\fIfilename\fR.  \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
+name per line.  Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
+This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--alt-machine-code=index"
+If the output architecture has alternate machine codes, use the
+\&\fIindex\fRth code instead of the default one.  This is useful in case
+a machine is assigned an official code and the tool-chain adopts the
+new code, but other applications still depend on the original code
+being used.  For \s-1ELF\s0 based architectures if the \fIindex\fR
+alternative does not exist then the value is treated as an absolute
+number to be stored in the e_machine field of the \s-1ELF\s0 header.
+.IP "\fB\-\-writable\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--writable-text"
+Mark the output text as writable.  This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--readonly-text"
+Make the output text write protected.  This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-pure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--pure"
+Mark the output file as demand paged.  This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-impure\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--impure"
+Mark the output file as impure.  This option isn't meaningful for all
+object file formats.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-symbols=string"
+Prefix all symbols in the output file with \fIstring\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-sections=string"
+Prefix all section names in the output file with \fIstring\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-alloc-sections=string"
+Prefix all the names of all allocated sections in the output file with
+\&\fIstring\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--add-gnu-debuglink=path-to-file"
+Creates a .gnu_debuglink section which contains a reference to \fIpath-to-file\fR
+and adds it to the output file.
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-file-symbols"
+When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
+which would otherwise get stripped.
+.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--only-keep-debug"
+Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
+stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections
+intact.  In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
+.Sp
+The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
+\&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable.  One a
+stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a
+distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
+needed if debugging abilities are required.  The suggested procedure
+to create these files is as follows:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.  Assuming that is is called>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.  Assuming that is is called>"
+\&\f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR then...
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg"" to>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg\fR to>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg to>"
+create a file containing the debugging info.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"" to create a>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR to create a>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo to create a>"
+stripped executable.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo>"
+to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Note \- the choice of \f(CW\*(C`.dbg\*(C'\fR as an extension for the debug info
+file is arbitrary.  Also the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-only\-keep\-debug\*(C'\fR step is
+optional.  You could instead do this:
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.>"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP "1.<Copy ""foo"" to  ""foo.full"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Copy \f(CWfoo\fR to  \f(CWfoo.full\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Copy foo to  foo.full>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+i.e., the file pointed to by the \fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR can be the
+full executable.  It does not have to be a file created by the
+\&\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR switch.
+.Sp
+Note \- this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files.  It
+does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
+information may be incomplete.  Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
+currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
+debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
+basis.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--extract-symbol"
+Keep the file's section flags and symbols but remove all section data.
+Specifically, the option:
+.RS 4
+.IP "*<sets the virtual and load addresses of every section to zero;>" 4
+.IX Item "*<sets the virtual and load addresses of every section to zero;>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "*<removes the contents of all sections;>" 4
+.IX Item "*<removes the contents of all sections;>"
+.IP "*<sets the size of every section to zero; and>" 4
+.IX Item "*<sets the size of every section to zero; and>"
+.IP "*<sets the file's start address to zero.>" 4
+.IX Item "*<sets the file's start address to zero.>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+This option is used to build a \fI.sym\fR file for a VxWorks kernel.
+It can also be a useful way of reducing the size of a \fB\-\-just\-symbols\fR
+linker input file.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number of \fBobjcopy\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Verbose output: list all object files modified.  In the case of
+archives, \fBobjcopy \-V\fR lists all members of the archive.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of the options to \fBobjcopy\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--info"
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIld\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/objdump/objdump.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/objdump/objdump.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3e339806d0f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/objdump/objdump.1
@@ -0,0 +1,636 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "OBJDUMP 1"
+.TH OBJDUMP 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+objdump \- display information from object files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+objdump [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-headers\fR]
+        [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+        [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR] ]
+        [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\fR]
+        [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR]
+        [\fB\-z\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR]
+        [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR|\fB\-\-endian=\fR{big | little }]
+        [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR]
+        [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-debugging\fR]
+        [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR]
+        [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-headers\fR]
+        [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-info\fR]
+        [\fB\-j\fR \fIsection\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIsection\fR]
+        [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR]
+        [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-source\fR]
+        [\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR|\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR]
+        [\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR|\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR]
+        [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR]
+        [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reloc\fR]
+        [\fB\-R\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR]
+        [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR]
+        [\fB\-W\fR|\fB\-\-dwarf\fR]
+        [\fB\-G\fR|\fB\-\-stabs\fR]
+        [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-syms\fR]
+        [\fB\-T\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR]
+        [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR]
+        [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wide\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR]
+        [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+        [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
+        \fIobjfile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBobjdump\fR displays information about one or more object files.
+The options control what particular information to display.  This
+information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
+compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their
+program to compile and work.
+.PP
+\&\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined.  When you
+specify archives, \fBobjdump\fR shows information on each of the member
+object files.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.  At least one option from the list
+\&\fB\-a,\-d,\-D,\-e,\-f,\-g,\-G,\-h,\-H,\-p,\-r,\-R,\-s,\-S,\-t,\-T,\-V,\-x\fR must be given.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-header\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--archive-header"
+.PD
+If any of the \fIobjfile\fR files are archives, display the archive
+header information (in a format similar to \fBls \-l\fR).  Besides the
+information you could list with \fBar tv\fR, \fBobjdump \-a\fR shows
+the object file format of each archive member.
+.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--adjust-vma=offset"
+When dumping information, first add \fIoffset\fR to all the section
+addresses.  This is useful if the section addresses do not correspond to
+the symbol table, which can happen when putting sections at particular
+addresses when using a format which can not represent section addresses,
+such as a.out.
+.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-b bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
+\&\fIbfdname\fR.  This option may not be necessary; \fIobjdump\fR can
+automatically recognize many formats.
+.Sp
+For example,
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\&        objdump \-b oasys \-m vax \-h fu.o
+.Ve
+.Sp
+displays summary information from the section headers (\fB\-h\fR) of
+\&\fIfu.o\fR, which is explicitly identified (\fB\-m\fR) as a \s-1VAX\s0 object
+file in the format produced by Oasys compilers.  You can list the
+formats available with the \fB\-i\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-C"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
+.PD
+Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
+Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
+makes \*(C+ function names readable.  Different compilers have different
+mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
+choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debugging"
+.PD
+Display debugging information.  This attempts to parse debugging
+information stored in the file and print it out using a C like syntax.
+Only certain types of debugging information have been implemented.
+Some other types are supported by \fBreadelf \-w\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debugging-tags"
+.PD
+Like \fB\-g\fR, but the information is generated in a format compatible
+with ctags tool.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassemble"
+.PD
+Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from
+\&\fIobjfile\fR.  This option only disassembles those sections which are
+expected to contain instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassemble-all"
+.PD
+Like \fB\-d\fR, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just
+those expected to contain instructions.
+.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--prefix-addresses"
+When disassembling, print the complete address on each line.  This is
+the older disassembly format.
+.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EB"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-EL"
+.IP "\fB\-\-endian={big|little}\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--endian={big|little}"
+.PD
+Specify the endianness of the object files.  This only affects
+disassembly.  This can be useful when disassembling a file format which
+does not describe endianness information, such as S\-records.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-headers"
+.PD
+Display summary information from the overall header of
+each of the \fIobjfile\fR files.
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-start-context"
+Specify that when displaying interlisted source code/disassembly
+(assumes \fB\-S\fR) from a file that has not yet been displayed, extend the
+context to the start of the file.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-headers"
+.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--headers"
+.PD
+Display summary information from the section headers of the
+object file.
+.Sp
+File segments may be relocated to nonstandard addresses, for example by
+using the \fB\-Ttext\fR, \fB\-Tdata\fR, or \fB\-Tbss\fR options to
+\&\fBld\fR.  However, some object file formats, such as a.out, do not
+store the starting address of the file segments.  In those situations,
+although \fBld\fR relocates the sections correctly, using \fBobjdump
+\&\-h\fR to list the file section headers cannot show the correct addresses.
+Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which are implicit for the
+target.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Print a summary of the options to \fBobjdump\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-i"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--info"
+.PD
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available
+for specification with \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-m\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-j name"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section=name"
+.PD
+Display information only for section \fIname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--line-numbers"
+.PD
+Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename and
+source line numbers corresponding to the object code or relocs shown.
+Only useful with \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-D\fR, or \fB\-r\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-m machine"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--architecture=machine"
+.PD
+Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files.  This
+can be useful when disassembling object files which do not describe
+architecture information, such as S\-records.  You can list the available
+architectures with the \fB\-i\fR option.
+.IP "\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-M options"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassembler-options=options"
+.PD
+Pass target specific information to the disassembler.  Only supported on
+some targets.  If it is necessary to specify more than one
+disassembler option then multiple \fB\-M\fR options can be used or
+can be placed together into a comma separated list.
+.Sp
+If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch can be used to
+select which register name set is used during disassembler.  Specifying
+\&\fB\-M reg-names-std\fR (the default) will select the register names as
+used in \s-1ARM\s0's instruction set documentation, but with register 13 called
+\&'sp', register 14 called 'lr' and register 15 called 'pc'.  Specifying
+\&\fB\-M reg-names-apcs\fR will select the name set used by the \s-1ARM\s0
+Procedure Call Standard, whilst specifying \fB\-M reg-names-raw\fR will
+just use \fBr\fR followed by the register number.
+.Sp
+There are also two variants on the \s-1APCS\s0 register naming scheme enabled
+by \fB\-M reg-names-atpcs\fR and \fB\-M reg-names-special-atpcs\fR which
+use the ARM/Thumb Procedure Call Standard naming conventions.  (Either
+with the normal register names or the special register names).
+.Sp
+This option can also be used for \s-1ARM\s0 architectures to force the
+disassembler to interpret all instructions as Thumb instructions by
+using the switch \fB\-\-disassembler\-options=force\-thumb\fR.  This can be
+useful when attempting to disassemble thumb code produced by other
+compilers.
+.Sp
+For the x86, some of the options duplicate functions of the \fB\-m\fR
+switch, but allow finer grained control.  Multiple selections from the
+following may be specified as a comma separated string.
+\&\fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR and \fBi8086\fR select disassembly for
+the given architecture.  \fBintel\fR and \fBatt\fR select between
+intel syntax mode and \s-1AT&T\s0 syntax mode.  \fBaddr64\fR, \fBaddr32\fR,
+\&\fBaddr16\fR, \fBdata32\fR and \fBdata16\fR specify the default
+address size and operand size.  These four options will be overridden if
+\&\fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR or \fBi8086\fR appear later in the
+option string.  Lastly, \fBsuffix\fR, when in \s-1AT&T\s0 mode,
+instructs the disassembler to print a mnemonic suffix even when the
+suffix could be inferred by the operands.
+.Sp
+For \s-1PPC\s0, \fBbooke\fR, \fBbooke32\fR and \fBbooke64\fR select
+disassembly of BookE instructions.  \fB32\fR and \fB64\fR select
+PowerPC and PowerPC64 disassembly, respectively.  \fBe300\fR selects
+disassembly for the e300 family.  \fB440\fR selects disassembly for
+the PowerPC 440.
+.Sp
+For \s-1MIPS\s0, this option controls the printing of instruction mnemonic
+names and register names in disassembled instructions.  Multiple
+selections from the following may be specified as a comma separated
+string, and invalid options are ignored:
+.RS 4
+.ie n .IP """no\-aliases""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWno\-aliases\fR" 4
+.IX Item "no-aliases"
+Print the 'raw' instruction mnemonic instead of some pseudo
+instruction mnemonic.  I.e., print 'daddu' or 'or' instead of 'move',
+\&'sll' instead of 'nop', etc.
+.ie n .IP """gpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWgpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "gpr-names=ABI"
+Print \s-1GPR\s0 (general-purpose register) names as appropriate
+for the specified \s-1ABI\s0.  By default, \s-1GPR\s0 names are selected according to
+the \s-1ABI\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
+.ie n .IP """fpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWfpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "fpr-names=ABI"
+Print \s-1FPR\s0 (floating-point register) names as
+appropriate for the specified \s-1ABI\s0.  By default, \s-1FPR\s0 numbers are printed
+rather than names.
+.ie n .IP """cp0\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWcp0\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "cp0-names=ARCH"
+Print \s-1CP0\s0 (system control coprocessor; coprocessor 0) register names
+as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by
+\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR.  By default, \s-1CP0\s0 register names are selected according to
+the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
+.ie n .IP """hwr\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWhwr\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "hwr-names=ARCH"
+Print \s-1HWR\s0 (hardware register, used by the \f(CW\*(C`rdhwr\*(C'\fR instruction) names
+as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by
+\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR.  By default, \s-1HWR\s0 names are selected according to
+the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
+.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reg-names=ABI"
+Print \s-1GPR\s0 and \s-1FPR\s0 names as appropriate for the selected \s-1ABI\s0.
+.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
+.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
+.IX Item "reg-names=ARCH"
+Print CPU-specific register names (\s-1CP0\s0 register and \s-1HWR\s0 names)
+as appropriate for the selected \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+For any of the options listed above, \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR or
+\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR may be specified as \fBnumeric\fR to have numbers printed
+rather than names, for the selected types of registers.
+You can list the available values of \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR and \fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR using
+the \fB\-\-help\fR option.
+.Sp
+For \s-1VAX\s0, you can specify function entry addresses with \fB\-M
+entry:0xf00ba\fR.  You can use this multiple times to properly
+disassemble \s-1VAX\s0 binary files that don't contain symbol tables (like
+\&\s-1ROM\s0 dumps).  In these cases, the function entry mask would otherwise
+be decoded as \s-1VAX\s0 instructions, which would probably lead the rest
+of the function being wrongly disassembled.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--private-headers"
+.PD
+Print information that is specific to the object file format.  The exact
+information printed depends upon the object file format.  For some
+object file formats, no additional information is printed.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--reloc"
+.PD
+Print the relocation entries of the file.  If used with \fB\-d\fR or
+\&\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
+disassembly.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-reloc"
+.PD
+Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file.  This is only
+meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--full-contents"
+.PD
+Display the full contents of any sections requested.  By default all
+non-empty sections are displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-source\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--source"
+.PD
+Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible.  Implies
+\&\fB\-d\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--show-raw-insn"
+When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as
+in symbolic form.  This is the default except when
+\&\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--no-show-raw-insn"
+When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes.
+This is the default when \fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used.
+.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dwarf"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections in the file, if any
+are present.
+.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-G"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-stabs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stabs"
+.PD
+Display the full contents of any sections requested.  Display the
+contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from an
+\&\s-1ELF\s0 file.  This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which
+\&\f(CW\*(C`.stab\*(C'\fR debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an \s-1ELF\s0
+section.  In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are
+interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the \fB\-\-syms\fR
+output.
+.IP "\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--start-address=address"
+Start displaying data at the specified address.  This affects the output
+of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--stop-address=address"
+Stop displaying data at the specified address.  This affects the output
+of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--syms"
+.PD
+Print the symbol table entries of the file.
+This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR program.
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic-syms"
+.PD
+Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file.  This is only
+meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
+libraries.  This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR
+program when given the \fB\-D\fR (\fB\-\-dynamic\fR) option.
+.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--special-syms"
+When displaying symbols include those which the target considers to be
+special in some way and which would not normally be of interest to the
+user.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Print the version number of \fBobjdump\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all-headers"
+.PD
+Display all available header information, including the symbol table and
+relocation entries.  Using \fB\-x\fR is equivalent to specifying all of
+\&\fB\-a \-f \-h \-p \-r \-t\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wide"
+.PD
+Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns.
+Also do not truncate symbol names when they are displayed.
+.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-z"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--disassemble-zeroes"
+.PD
+Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes.  This
+option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like
+any other data.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ranlib/ranlib.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ranlib/ranlib.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..88a10e646b51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/ranlib/ranlib.1
@@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "RANLIB 1"
+.TH RANLIB 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+ranlib \- generate index to archive.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+ranlib [\fB\-vV\fR] \fIarchive\fR
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBranlib\fR generates an index to the contents of an archive and
+stores it in the archive.  The index lists each symbol defined by a
+member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.
+.PP
+You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR to list this index.
+.PP
+An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and
+allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
+their placement in the archive.
+.PP
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBranlib\fR program is another form of \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR; running
+\&\fBranlib\fR is completely equivalent to executing \fBar \-s\fR.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number of \fBranlib\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/readelf/readelf.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/readelf/readelf.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..e246d2ce2884
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/readelf/readelf.1
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "READELF 1"
+.TH READELF 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+readelf \- Displays information about ELF files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+readelf [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-all\fR]
+        [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-file\-header\fR]
+        [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-segments\fR]
+        [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-sections\fR]
+        [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-section\-groups\fR]
+        [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-section\-details\fR]
+        [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-headers\fR]
+        [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-syms\fR|\fB\-\-symbols\fR]
+        [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-notes\fR]
+        [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-relocs\fR]
+        [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-unwind\fR]
+        [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\fR]
+        [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\-info\fR]
+        [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR]
+        [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR]
+        [\fB\-x\fR <number or name>|\fB\-\-hex\-dump=\fR<number or name>]
+        [\fB\-w[liaprmfFsoR]\fR|
+         \fB\-\-debug\-dump\fR[=line,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges]]
+        [\fB\-I\fR|\fB\-histogram\fR]
+        [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+        [\fB\-W\fR|\fB\-\-wide\fR]
+        [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
+        \fIelffile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\fBreadelf\fR displays information about one or more \s-1ELF\s0 format object
+files.  The options control what particular information to display.
+.PP
+\&\fIelffile\fR... are the object files to be examined.  32\-bit and
+64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files are supported, as are archives containing \s-1ELF\s0 files.
+.PP
+This program performs a similar function to \fBobjdump\fR but it
+goes into more detail and it exists independently of the \s-1BFD\s0
+library, so if there is a bug in \s-1BFD\s0 then readelf will not be
+affected.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
+equivalent.  At least one option besides \fB\-v\fR or \fB\-H\fR must be
+given.
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all"
+.PD
+Equivalent to specifying \fB\-\-file\-header\fR,
+\&\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR, \fB\-\-sections\fR, \fB\-\-symbols\fR,
+\&\fB\-\-relocs\fR, \fB\-\-dynamic\fR, \fB\-\-notes\fR and
+\&\fB\-\-version\-info\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-h"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-file\-header\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--file-header"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the \s-1ELF\s0 header at the start of the
+file.
+.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-l"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--program-headers"
+.IP "\fB\-\-segments\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--segments"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers, if it
+has any.
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-sections\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--sections"
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-headers"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the file's section headers, if it
+has any.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-groups\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-groups"
+.PD
+Displays the information contained in the file's section groups, if it
+has any.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-section\-details\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--section-details"
+.PD
+Displays the detailed section information. Implies \fB\-S\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--symbols"
+.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--syms"
+.PD
+Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it has one.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--headers"
+.PD
+Display all the headers in the file.  Equivalent to \fB\-h \-l \-S\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-notes\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--notes"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the \s-1NOTE\s0 segments and/or sections, if any.
+.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-r"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-relocs\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--relocs"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has one.
+.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-u"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-unwind\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--unwind"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one.  Only
+the unwind sections for \s-1IA64\s0 \s-1ELF\s0 files are currently supported.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--dynamic"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version-info"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they
+exist.
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--arch-specific"
+.PD
+Displays architecture-specific information in the file, if there
+is any.
+.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-D"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--use-dynamic"
+.PD
+When displaying symbols, this option makes \fBreadelf\fR use the
+symbol table in the file's dynamic section, rather than the one in the
+symbols section.
+.IP "\fB\-x <number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x <number or name>"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-hex\-dump=<number or name>\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--hex-dump=<number or name>"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal dump.
+A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table;
+any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file.
+.IP "\fB\-w[liaprmfFsoR]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w[liaprmfFsoR]"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-dump[=line,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges]\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--debug-dump[=line,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges]"
+.PD
+Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
+present.  If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
+then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-histogram\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--histogram"
+.PD
+Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the contents
+of the symbol tables.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Display the version number of readelf.
+.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-W"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wide"
+.PD
+Don't break output lines to fit into 80 columns. By default
+\&\fBreadelf\fR breaks section header and segment listing lines for
+64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files, so that they fit into 80 columns. This option causes
+\&\fBreadelf\fR to print each section header resp. each segment one a
+single line, which is far more readable on terminals wider than 80 columns.
+.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-H"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+.PD
+Display the command line options understood by \fBreadelf\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/size/size.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/size/size.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..3f90967e5936
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/size/size.1
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "SIZE 1"
+.TH SIZE 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+size \- list section sizes and total size.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+size [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR]
+     [\fB\-\-help\fR]
+     [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR]
+     [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-totals\fR]
+     [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+     [\fIobjfile\fR...]
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBsize\fR utility lists the section sizes\-\-\-and the total
+size\-\-\-for each of the object or archive files \fIobjfile\fR in its
+argument list.  By default, one line of output is generated for each
+object file or each module in an archive.
+.PP
+\&\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined.
+If none are specified, the file \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR will be used.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+The command line options have the following meanings:
+.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-A"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-B"
+.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--format=compatibility"
+.PD
+Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from \s-1GNU\s0
+\&\fBsize\fR resembles output from System V \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-A\fR,
+or \fB\-\-format=sysv\fR), or Berkeley \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-B\fR, or
+\&\fB\-\-format=berkeley\fR).  The default is the one-line format similar to
+Berkeley's.
+.Sp
+Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from
+\&\fBsize\fR:
+.Sp
+.Vb 4
+\&        $ size \-\-format=Berkeley ranlib size
+\&        text    data    bss     dec     hex     filename
+\&        294880  81920   11592   388392  5ed28   ranlib
+\&        294880  81920   11888   388688  5ee50   size
+.Ve
+.Sp
+This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions:
+.Sp
+.Vb 7
+\&        $ size \-\-format=SysV ranlib size
+\&        ranlib  :
+\&        section         size         addr
+\&        .text         294880         8192
+\&        .data          81920       303104
+\&        .bss           11592       385024
+\&        Total         388392
+\&        
+\&        
+\&        size  :
+\&        section         size         addr
+\&        .text         294880         8192
+\&        .data          81920       303104
+\&        .bss           11888       385024
+\&        Total         388688
+.Ve
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o"
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--radix=number"
+.PD
+Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
+section is given in decimal (\fB\-d\fR, or \fB\-\-radix=10\fR); octal
+(\fB\-o\fR, or \fB\-\-radix=8\fR); or hexadecimal (\fB\-x\fR, or
+\&\fB\-\-radix=16\fR).  In \fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR, only the three
+values (8, 10, 16) are supported.  The total size is always given in two
+radices; decimal and hexadecimal for \fB\-d\fR or \fB\-x\fR output, or
+octal and hexadecimal if you're using \fB\-o\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-totals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--totals"
+.PD
+Show totals of all objects listed (Berkeley format listing mode only).
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+Specify that the object-code format for \fIobjfile\fR is
+\&\fIbfdname\fR.  This option may not be necessary; \fBsize\fR can
+automatically recognize many formats.
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Display the version number of \fBsize\fR.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/strings/strings.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/strings/strings.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..075e3a5d8a58
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/strings/strings.1
@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "STRINGS 1"
+.TH STRINGS 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+strings [\fB\-afov\fR] [\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR]
+        [\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR] [\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR]
+        [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR] [\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR]
+        [\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR] [\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR]
+        [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-\-all\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR]
+        [\fB\-T\fR \fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+        [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] \fIfile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+For each \fIfile\fR given, \s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrings\fR prints the printable
+character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number
+given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable
+character.  By default, it only prints the strings from the initialized
+and loaded sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints
+the strings from the whole file.
+.PP
+\&\fBstrings\fR is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
+files.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-a"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--all"
+.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-"
+.PD
+Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files;
+scan the whole files.
+.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-f"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--print-file-name"
+.PD
+Print the name of the file before each string.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-min-len"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-n min-len"
+.IP "\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--bytes=min-len"
+.PD
+Print sequences of characters that are at least \fImin-len\fR characters
+long, instead of the default 4.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o"
+Like \fB\-t o\fR.  Some other versions of \fBstrings\fR have \fB\-o\fR
+act like \fB\-t d\fR instead.  Since we can not be compatible with both
+ways, we simply chose one.
+.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-t radix"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--radix=radix"
+.PD
+Print the offset within the file before each string.  The single
+character argument specifies the radix of the offset\-\-\-\fBo\fR for
+octal, \fBx\fR for hexadecimal, or \fBd\fR for decimal.
+.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-e encoding"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--encoding=encoding"
+.PD
+Select the character encoding of the strings that are to be found.
+Possible values for \fIencoding\fR are: \fBs\fR = single\-7\-bit\-byte
+characters (\s-1ASCII\s0, \s-1ISO\s0 8859, etc., default), \fBS\fR =
+single\-8\-bit\-byte characters, \fBb\fR = 16\-bit bigendian, \fBl\fR =
+16\-bit littleendian, \fBB\fR = 32\-bit bigendian, \fBL\fR = 32\-bit
+littleendian. Useful for finding wide character strings.
+.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-T bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1)
+and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/strip/strip.1 b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/strip/strip.1
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..5eb714dd88a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/gnu/usr.bin/binutils/strip/strip.1
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
+.\"
+.\" Standard preamble:
+.\" ========================================================================
+.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
+.if t .sp .5v
+.if n .sp
+..
+.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
+.ft CW
+.nf
+.ne \\$1
+..
+.de Ve \" End verbatim text
+.ft R
+.fi
+..
+.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings.  \*(-- will
+.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
+.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote.  \*(C+ will
+.\" give a nicer C++.  Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
+.\" therefore won't be available.  \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
+.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
+.tr \(*W-
+.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
+.ie n \{\
+.    ds -- \(*W-
+.    ds PI pi
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
+.    if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\"  diablo 12 pitch
+.    ds L" ""
+.    ds R" ""
+.    ds C` ""
+.    ds C' ""
+'br\}
+.el\{\
+.    ds -- \|\(em\|
+.    ds PI \(*p
+.    ds L" ``
+.    ds R" ''
+'br\}
+.\"
+.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
+.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
+.el       .ds Aq '
+.\"
+.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
+.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
+.\" entries marked with X<> in POD.  Of course, you'll have to process the
+.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
+.ie \nF \{\
+.    de IX
+.    tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
+..
+.    nr % 0
+.    rr F
+.\}
+.el \{\
+.    de IX
+..
+.\}
+.\"
+.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
+.\" Fear.  Run.  Save yourself.  No user-serviceable parts.
+.    \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds #H 0
+.    ds #V .8m
+.    ds #F .3m
+.    ds #[ \f1
+.    ds #] \fP
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
+.    ds #V .6m
+.    ds #F 0
+.    ds #[ \&
+.    ds #] \&
+.\}
+.    \" simple accents for nroff and troff
+.if n \{\
+.    ds ' \&
+.    ds ` \&
+.    ds ^ \&
+.    ds , \&
+.    ds ~ ~
+.    ds /
+.\}
+.if t \{\
+.    ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
+.    ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
+.    ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
+.\}
+.    \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
+.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
+.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
+.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
+.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
+.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
+.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
+.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
+.    \" corrections for vroff
+.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
+.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
+.    \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
+.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
+\{\
+.    ds : e
+.    ds 8 ss
+.    ds o a
+.    ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
+.    ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
+.    ds th \o'bp'
+.    ds Th \o'LP'
+.    ds ae ae
+.    ds Ae AE
+.\}
+.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
+.\" ========================================================================
+.\"
+.IX Title "STRIP 1"
+.TH STRIP 1 "2010-10-30" "binutils-2.17.50" "GNU Development Tools"
+.\" For nroff, turn off justification.  Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
+.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
+.if n .ad l
+.nh
+.SH "NAME"
+strip \- Discard symbols from object files.
+.SH "SYNOPSIS"
+.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
+strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+      [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+      [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
+      [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR]
+      [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR]
+      [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+      [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
+      [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wildcard\fR]
+      [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR] [\fB\-X\fR |\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR]
+      [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR |\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR]
+      [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR]
+      [\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR]
+      [\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR]
+      [\fB\-v\fR |\fB\-\-verbose\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
+      [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR]
+      \fIobjfile\fR...
+.SH "DESCRIPTION"
+.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
+\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrip\fR discards all symbols from object files
+\&\fIobjfile\fR.  The list of object files may include archives.
+At least one object file must be given.
+.PP
+\&\fBstrip\fR modifies the files named in its argument,
+rather than writing modified copies under different names.
+.SH "OPTIONS"
+.IX Header "OPTIONS"
+.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-F bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
+code format \fIbfdname\fR, and rewrite it in the same format.
+.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--help"
+Show a summary of the options to \fBstrip\fR and exit.
+.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--info"
+Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
+.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-I bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
+code format \fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-O bfdname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
+.PD
+Replace \fIobjfile\fR with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-R sectionname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname"
+.PD
+Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file.  This
+option may be given more than once.  Note that using this option
+inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
+.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-s"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-all"
+.PD
+Remove all symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-g"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-S"
+.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-d"
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-debug"
+.PD
+Remove debugging symbols only.
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-unneeded"
+Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
+.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-K symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would
+normally be stripped.  This option may be given more than once.
+.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-N symbolname"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname"
+.PD
+Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be
+given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than
+\&\fB\-K\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-o file"
+Put the stripped output in \fIfile\fR, rather than replacing the
+existing file.  When this argument is used, only one \fIobjfile\fR
+argument may be specified.
+.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-p"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--preserve-dates"
+.PD
+Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
+.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-w"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--wildcard"
+.PD
+Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command
+line options.  The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\e) and
+square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
+name.  If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
+point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
+For example:
+.Sp
+.Vb 1
+\&          \-w \-K !foo \-K fo*
+.Ve
+.Sp
+would cause strip to only keep symbols that start with the letters
+\&\*(L"fo\*(R", but to discard the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R".
+.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-x"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-all"
+.PD
+Remove non-global symbols.
+.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-X"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--discard-locals"
+.PD
+Remove compiler-generated local symbols.
+(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.)
+.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--keep-file-symbols"
+When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or
+\&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
+which would otherwise get stripped.
+.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--only-keep-debug"
+Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
+stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections
+intact.  In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
+.Sp
+The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
+\&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable.  One a
+stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a
+distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
+needed if debugging abilities are required.  The suggested procedure
+to create these files is as follows:
+.RS 4
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.  Assuming that is is called>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.  Assuming that is is called>"
+\&\f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR then...
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg"" to>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg\fR to>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg to>"
+create a file containing the debugging info.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"" to create a>" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR to create a>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo to create a>"
+stripped executable.
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo>"
+to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.Sp
+Note \- the choice of \f(CW\*(C`.dbg\*(C'\fR as an extension for the debug info
+file is arbitrary.  Also the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-only\-keep\-debug\*(C'\fR step is
+optional.  You could instead do this:
+.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.>"
+.PD 0
+.ie n .IP "1.<Copy ""foo"" to  ""foo.full"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Copy \f(CWfoo\fR to  \f(CWfoo.full\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Copy foo to  foo.full>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""strip \-\-strip\-debug foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWstrip \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run strip --strip-debug foo>"
+.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo"">" 4
+.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo\fR>" 4
+.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo>"
+.RE
+.RS 4
+.PD
+.Sp
+ie the file pointed to by the \fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR can be the
+full executable.  It does not have to be a file created by the
+\&\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR switch.
+.Sp
+Note \- this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files.  It
+does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
+information may be incomplete.  Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
+currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
+debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
+basis.
+.RE
+.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-V"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--version"
+.PD
+Show the version number for \fBstrip\fR.
+.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
+.IX Item "-v"
+.PD 0
+.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
+.IX Item "--verbose"
+.PD
+Verbose output: list all object files modified.  In the case of
+archives, \fBstrip \-v\fR lists all members of the archive.
+.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
+.IX Item "@file"
+Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR.  The options read are
+inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option.  If \fIfile\fR
+does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
+literally, and not removed.
+.Sp
+Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace.  A whitespace
+character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
+option in either single or double quotes.  Any character (including a
+backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
+with a backslash.  The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
+@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
+the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
+.SH "COPYRIGHT"
+.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
+Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
+2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+.PP
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
+Back-Cover Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the
+section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".